summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/75684-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '75684-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--75684-0.txt6821
1 files changed, 6821 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/75684-0.txt b/75684-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5738f66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/75684-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6821 @@
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75684 ***
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: 1. PORTRAIT STATUE OF THOTHMES III, CAIRO MUSEUM.]
+
+
+
+
+ A
+ Century of Excavation
+ in the
+ Land of the Pharaohs
+
+
+ BY
+ JAMES BAIKIE, F.R.A.S.
+
+ AUTHOR OF “WONDER TALES OF THE ANCIENT WORLD,”
+ “LANDS AND PEOPLE OF THE BIBLE,” “THE SEA KINGS OF CRETE,”
+ “THE STORY OF THE PHARAOHS,” ETC.
+
+
+ ILLUSTRATED WITH 32 PLATES
+ SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR THIS VOLUME
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+ Fleming H. Revell Company
+ NEW YORK    CHICAGO    TORONTO
+
+
+
+
+ PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN
+ BY
+ WILLIAM CLOWES & SONS, LIMITED,
+ LONDON AND BECCLES.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+It is somewhat remarkable that, in spite of the considerable, if
+spasmodic, interest which is taken in the results of research in Egypt,
+no adequate account of the work of excavation has ever been written.
+The student who wishes to learn how, when, and where the facts and
+objects which interest him were discovered, has himself to excavate
+the desired information from the innumerable volumes of reports issued
+by the various exploration societies. It is much to be desired that
+someone who is master of the subject, and preferably, someone who has
+had actual experience of the work of excavation, should tell the story,
+not in a manner suited only to the ears of experts, but so that the
+educated public on whom in the long run excavation must depend for its
+resources, could appreciate and enjoy a narrative which ought to be as
+fascinating as any story of search for buried treasure.
+
+This volume makes no pretension to the discharge of such a task. All
+that it attempts to do is to outline the story of certain aspects of
+the great work which has given us back so many of the wonders of the
+ancient civilisation of Egypt. Its omissions are, doubtless, many;
+but two will be at once conspicuous to anyone who has the slightest
+acquaintance with the subject. Nothing is said of the Search for the
+Cities, which in the closing years of the nineteenth century created
+so much interest, and resulted in so many identifications of sites; and
+nothing is said of the great work of Papyrus-hunting which has added
+so much to our knowledge of ancient life. These two matters were left
+untouched for reasons which seemed valid. In the case of the Cities,
+many of the identifications of the ’nineties are at present being
+questioned, and it seemed better to leave the matter till something
+like agreement is reached. In the case of the Papyri, the subject has
+become so specialised, and has developed so large a literature of its
+own as to render impossible any attempt to deal with it, on the scale
+which it deserves, in such a volume as the present.
+
+It may be that at some time in the not far distant future, when
+controversy has resulted in more or less general agreement as to the
+sites, these two aspects of Egyptian excavation may be dealt with in a
+volume which may be a sequel and companion to this. My indebtedness to
+many authorities is manifest on almost every page of the book; but I
+wish specially to acknowledge my debt to Professor Sir W. M. Flinders
+Petrie, D.C.L., F.R.S., not only for the kindness which has allowed me
+to use the material of several of the plates in the book (7, 9, 10),
+but also for the constant inspiration and stimulus which his work has
+given to me, as to so many other students of the wonderful civilisation
+of Ancient Egypt.
+
+ JAMES BAIKIE.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER I
+ PAGE
+ THE STORY OF THE PIONEERS 7
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+ MARIETTE AND HIS WORK 18
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+ THE BEGINNINGS OF THE MODERN PERIOD 35
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+ THE PYRAMIDS AND THEIR EXPLORERS 48
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+ WORK AMONG THE TEMPLES 84
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+ BURIED ROYALTIES 128
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+ TUTANKHAMEN AND HIS SPLENDOURS 177
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+ LIFE, ARTS, AND CRAFTS IN THE LAND OF THE NILE 213
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ PLATE
+ 1. Portrait Statue of Thothmes III, Cairo Museum _Frontispiece_
+
+ PAGE
+ 2. Wall of Chamber, Tomb of Sety I, Valley of the Kings 10
+
+ 3. Detail of Decoration, Tomb of Sety I 18
+
+ 4. Temple of Ramses III, Medinet Habu 30
+
+ 5. Temple of Edfu--The Pylon, and View from the Pylon 40
+
+ 6. Great Pyramid and Sphinx 52
+
+ 7. Gold Pectorals of Senusert II and III, XIIth Dynasty 72
+
+ 8. Diadems of Princess Khnumit, Gold work, XIIth Dynasty 80
+
+ 9. Hatshepsut’s Temple, Der el-Bahri. General view 88
+
+ 10. North Colonnade, Der el-Bahri; “Proto-Doric” Columns 92
+
+ 11. Reliefs, Der el-Bahri 96
+
+ 12. Karnak, Avenue of Sphinxes 104
+
+ 13. Karnak, Nave of Hypostyle Hall 112
+
+ 14. Karnak, Columns of the Side-Aisle, Hypostyle Hall 116
+
+ 15. Karnak, View from the North; Obelisks of Hatshepsut, and
+ Thothmes I 120
+
+ 16. Luxor, Forecourt of Amenhotep III 124
+
+ 17. Luxor, Papyrus-Bud Columns and Colossi of Ramses II 128
+
+ 18. Colonnade in Temple of Sety I, Abydos 136
+
+ 19. Bracelets of 1st Dynasty Queen, Chain and Gold Seal, VIth
+ Dynasty, with XIIth Dynasty Goldsmith’s Work 144
+
+ 20. Entrance to the Valley of the Kings, Thebes 148
+
+ 21. Tomb of Ramses IX, Valley of the Kings 152
+
+ 22. Granite Head of Tutankhamen, Cairo Museum 178
+
+ 23. Decoration from a Theban Tomb 184
+
+ 24. Decoration from a Theban Tomb: Sowing, Reaping, the Vintage 192
+
+ 25. Head of the Hathor-Cow, Der el-Bahri 200
+
+ 26. Colossus of Ramses II, Luxor 208
+
+ 27. Portrait-Statue of Mentuemhat, Cairo Museum 216
+
+ 28. Vth Dynasty Relief-Work, Tomb of Ptah-Hetep 224
+
+ 29. XIXth Dynasty Relief-Work, Temple of Sety I, Abydos 228
+
+ 30. XIXth Dynasty Relief-Work, Temple of Ramses II, Luxor 232
+
+ 31. XXth Dynasty Relief-Work, Temple of Ramses III, Medinet Habu 236
+
+ 32. Ptolemaic Relief-Work, Kom Ombos 240
+
+
+
+
+ A CENTURY OF
+ EXCAVATION IN
+ THE LAND OF
+ THE PHARAOHS
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE STORY OF THE PIONEERS
+
+
+The story of the beginnings of research into the wonders of antiquity
+in Egypt is unique in at least one point. In no other land does a
+conquering army march at the head of the pioneers of exploration; but
+the true beginnings of the century and a quarter of research which has
+given to us so many wonders from the Land of the Nile are to be found
+with that amazing troop of learned camp-followers who accompanied
+Napoleon’s army on the expedition of 1798. The wonders of ancient Egypt
+had never altogether been blotted from the memory and the interest of
+man, as was the case with some of the other lands of the Classic East.
+The pages of Herodotus, never fuller or more vivid than when he is
+dealing with Egypt, prevented that oblivion; and therefore Herodotus
+has some right to be named at the very beginning of the story of the
+exploration of ancient Egypt as the pioneer of pioneers. But the world
+was first really awakened to the richness of the Treasury of Egypt by
+the colossal production, twelve volumes of plates and twenty-four of
+text, which was the result of the untiring labours of Vivant Denon and
+his collaborators--the famous _Description de l’Egypte_--a work almost
+comparable in scale and grandeur with the monuments which it described.
+Few armies have left behind them such a memorial of their passage
+across a land--the more credit to the man whose inexhaustibly fertile
+brain conceived the idea of making even war subserve the interests of
+science.
+
+Unfortunately, however, the tie with international strifes and
+jealousies, which had drawn the French savants originally to the Nile
+Valley, remained unbroken for many years; and questions of archæology
+were continually complicated by questions of national pride and
+prestige, so that the early story of Egyptian exploration is not
+the story of pure research, conducted for the love of truth and of
+antiquity, but very often merely the story of how the representative
+of France strove with the representative of Britain or Italy for the
+possession of some ancient monument whose capture might bring glory to
+his nation, or profit to his own purse. There are few more melancholy
+chapters in the story of human frailty than those in which the early
+explorers of Egypt (if you can dignify them by such a name) describe
+how they wrangled and intrigued, lied and cheated, over relics whose
+mutilated antiquity might have taught them enough of the vanity of
+human wishes to make them ashamed of their pettiness.
+
+Dr. Macalister has told us in the Cambridge Ancient History that “it
+is impossible to give any complete survey of the history of Egyptian
+excavation.” This is true for the later period, because the field
+is so vast, and the workers are so many; it is not less true for
+the beginnings, because it is impossible to write a history of the
+scufflings of kites and crows--or rather, one might say, of ghouls. It
+must be almost a nightmare to the modern excavator, with his ingrained
+appreciation of the importance of even the very smallest object which
+may add to the knowledge of ancient lands and peoples, to think of the
+priceless material which was destroyed by the undiscriminating zeal of
+men like Belzoni, Drovetti, and their fellows, or if not destroyed,
+at least deprived of half its value by being torn from its historical
+place and connection. These were the lamentable days when interest in
+the antiquities of Egypt had advanced but little beyond that displayed
+by the gentleman of Addison’s first _Spectator_, whose Egyptian
+researches are thus described by himself--“I made a voyage to Grand
+Cairo on purpose to take the measure of a pyramid; and as soon as I had
+set myself right in that particular, returned to my native country with
+great satisfaction,” or by Lord Charlemont, who according to Johnson
+had nothing to tell of his travels except a story of a large serpent
+which he had seen in one of the pyramids of Egypt.
+
+In the early years of the nineteenth century, and, indeed, till
+Mariette in 1858 laid his masterful hand upon the key of the great
+treasure-house and allowed no one to spoil it but himself, there was a
+perfect orgy of spoliation carried on, not in the interests of science,
+but partly out of vanity, and partly out of greed. Every important or
+noble traveller had to add a few curios from Egypt to his miscellaneous
+collection gathered from half a dozen other lands, and sculptures,
+inscriptions, and papyri of the greatest value were thus uselessly
+dispersed in paltry private collections, where, when they had gratified
+a passing curiosity or ministered to a momentary spirit of emulation,
+they were allowed to gather dust through years of neglect, till at last
+the futile cabinet of curios was dispersed, and its items were lost
+sight of altogether.
+
+Some collections, such as those of Belzoni, Passalacqua, Drovetti, and
+a few others, had better fortune, and were finally purchased for one
+or other of the great European Museums, which nearly all formed the
+nucleus of their Egyptological collections in this fashion; but the
+amount of unnecessary loss of what can never now be replaced must have
+been deplorable.
+
+[Illustration: 2. WALL OF CHAMBER, TOMB OF SETY I, VALLEY OF THE KINGS.]
+
+This “unbridled pillage,” as Maspero justly calls it, in which the
+consuls of the various European powers played an ignoble but doubtless
+lucrative part, lasted for more than thirty years, in spite of the
+protests of men like Champollion, who could understand the irreparable
+loss which was being inflicted on the infant science of Egyptology
+by this mutilation and confounding of the documents on which its
+future depended. Among its practitioners were one or two men who
+were distinguished from the vulgar crowd of papyrus, scarab, and
+mummy hunters by a certain dim appreciation of the fact that the
+treasures with which they were dealing had a value greater than that
+of their price in the curio-market, and who have added at least a few
+interesting and remarkable items to the mass of Egyptian treasure
+which the nineteenth century accumulated, though our gratitude to them
+for this must always be qualified by the fact that we have no certain
+knowledge of what they lost and destroyed in the process, but can only
+judge from their own admissions that it must have been far more than
+they preserved.
+
+Of these men who may be pronounced guilty, but with extenuating
+circumstances, the most interesting, and perhaps the least harmful,
+was the inimitable Belzoni, to whose unwearying efforts we owe the
+opening of the Second Pyramid, the discovery of the tomb of Sety I,
+the most perfect example of the rock-hewn tomb of a Pharaoh of the
+New Empire, and the magnificent alabaster sarcophagus of Sety which
+is one of the treasures of the Soane Museum, London, besides several
+of the most important royal statues in the Egyptian Galleries of the
+British Museum. No one who wishes to realise what the young science
+had to endure at the hands of its first devotees can afford to neglect
+the extraordinary farrago of vanity and pomposity, ignorance and
+self-seeking, but also of patience and endurance, and a certain inborn
+instinct for what was either beautiful or valuable, which Belzoni has
+jumbled together under the sounding title--“Narrative of the Operations
+and Recent Discoveries within the Pyramids, Temples, Tombs, and
+Excavations, in EGYPT AND NUBIA.”
+
+Belzoni’s original object in going to Egypt was simply to get “The
+Bashaw” to adopt a hydraulic machine for irrigation work--a project
+in which it is almost needless to say that he failed; his knowledge
+of the precious material with which he was soon dealing was nothing
+at the beginning, and not much more at the end of his “Researches and
+Operations”; he had a positive gift for quarrelling with everybody
+with whom he came into contact, Egyptian or European, and a mania
+for imputing the vilest motives to anyone who coveted any piece of
+antiquity on which he had set his own heart; but with it all he had the
+_flair_ of the true explorer for a promising site, and could foresee
+hidden treasures where his rivals dreamed of nothing, and with all his
+petulance he had a patience which was almost inexhaustible. It was
+these qualities which have made him the only explorer of those unhappy
+days whose name is really remembered, or deserves to be remembered, in
+connection with our knowledge of ancient Egypt.
+
+As to his methods, these, of course, were unspeakable, and the mere
+mention of them is enough to turn a modern excavator’s hair white. He
+finds the entrance of a royal tomb in the Western Valley of the Kings,
+and proceeds to open it--with a battering-ram made of two palm-logs!
+As to his reverence for the mighty dead of the past one sentence may
+suffice: “Every step I took I crushed a mummy in some part or other.”
+Again he describes his journey through a tomb-gallery which the modern
+excavator would have given his ears to see as Belzoni saw it. “It was
+choked with mummies, and I could not pass without putting my face in
+contact with that of some decayed Egyptian; but as the passage inclined
+downwards my own weight helped me on; however, I could not avoid being
+covered with bones, legs, arms, and heads rolling from above.”
+
+The object of these ghoulish journeys was simply to plunder the coffins
+of their papyri, which, of course, were marketable, though as yet
+no one could read them; and there can be little doubt that far more
+was destroyed than was preserved by methods which were only a little
+above those of the Ramesside tomb-robbers who stripped the mummies
+of King Sebek-em-saf and Queen Nub-khas of their jewels, and then
+burned them. Such was Egyptian excavation in the first quarter of the
+nineteenth century, and in the hands of one of its most distinguished
+practitioners, for Belzoni was an angel of light compared with some of
+his rivals, native or foreign.
+
+Fortunately, however, the time for such ignorant and sordid
+exploitation of the treasures of the past was not to last for long;
+though it lasted far too long for the welfare of Egyptology. By 1822,
+Jean François Champollion, working on the material supplied by the
+Rosetta Stone and the Philæ Obelisk, and aided to some extent in his
+brilliant achievement by the previous labours of Akerblad and Young,
+gave to the world the key to the hieroglyphic inscriptions, so that the
+Egyptian monuments were no longer dumb. In 1828 came the second great
+general survey of the monuments under Rosellini and Champollion.
+
+It was now possible to read some, at least, of the inscriptions, and
+therefore to reach some approach to order in the classification of
+the monuments dealt with. The work suffered an irreparable loss by
+the early death of Champollion; but the results of the expedition,
+presented in the ten volumes of the _Monumenti storichi dell’ Egitto
+e della Nubia_ constituted a great enlargement of real knowledge as
+opposed to the conjectures which had previously held the field.
+
+For a time after the Rosellini Expedition, the field was left to
+individual workers, of whom the most notable were two Englishmen, F. E.
+Perring and Colonel Howard Vyse, whose careful measurements of the
+pyramids, especially the great group of Gizeh, laid the foundation for
+all subsequent study of these wonderful structures. The work of Perring
+and Vyse was done in 1837, and three years later came the important
+Prussian Expedition directed by Karl Richard Lepsius, whose name must
+always stand among the foremost on the roll of Egyptology.
+
+Lepsius began with the Pyramid field at Memphis, where his theorising
+on the method of erection of the pyramids, though perhaps the part of
+his work by which he is most generally known, was of less importance
+than his investigation of the Old Kingdom tombs of the nobles in the
+necropolis, with its revelation of the life and culture of the Egypt of
+3000 B.C. Thence the mission worked southwards, visiting the Fayum, and
+carrying out investigations as to the whereabouts of Lake Moeris and
+the Labyrinth.
+
+Passing on up the Nile Valley, Lepsius paid special attention to the
+tombs of the Middle Kingdom with their valuable pictures of Egyptian
+life a millennium later than the pyramid period, and also visited the
+site which has since become so famous as Tell el-Amarna. Not content
+with carrying his researches to the limit of the Second Cataract, where
+Rosellini had stopped, he pressed on through Nubia as far as Napata
+and Meroë, the former seats of that Ethiopian extension of Egyptian
+civilisation which gave to Egypt its ill-starred XXVth Dynasty,
+while on his return journey he visited the Sinai Peninsula, where
+he discovered and published the very valuable inscriptions left by
+the Egyptian expeditions which for many centuries were sent to work
+the copper mines at the Wady Maghareh and Serabit el-Khadem. He thus
+revealed to us the first chapter of the wonderful story of Egyptian
+exploring and commercial activity, whose subsequent disclosures have
+at last almost succeeded in destroying the time-honoured myth which
+represented the ancient Egyptians as a cloistered nation, the Chinese
+of the Near East.
+
+The _Denkmäler aus Ægypten und Æthiopien_, published from 1849 to 1858
+gave to the world the results of the wonderfully fruitful work of
+Lepsius, and has scarcely yet been altogether superseded as a source of
+illustration of the manners and culture of the ancient Egyptians. “In
+the main,” says Dr. Macalister, “the statement may stand, that Lepsius
+exhausted the general topographical study of the country.” Subsequent
+researches have done no more than to add filling in to the broad
+outlines which he drew with such care and certainty.
+
+But now the period of superficial survey of the wealth of material
+which Egypt offers to the student was drawing to a close, and was to be
+succeeded by the period in which excavation, conducted with constantly
+growing skill and attention to the most minute details, was to do, as
+it is still doing, what no amount of superficial cataloguing of the
+monuments of the land could ever do, and to give us back, not only
+pictures of the life of these ancient days, but the tools and weapons
+with which the Egyptian worked, fought, and hunted, the vessels which
+he used for all the purposes of life, the jewels with which he and his
+women-kind adorned themselves, the books which they read, and the songs
+which they sang; all the material from which, if we have the vision and
+the insight, we may reconstruct the life of those far-off days; and to
+crown its gifts by calling up from the tomb the very men themselves who
+ruled and warred in the land of the Nile in the great days when Egypt
+was the first of all empires, and her Pharaoh a god incarnate, before
+whose golden sandals all the lesser kings of the world bowed in the
+dust “seven times and seven times.” The pioneer of this work, surely
+the most romantic and interesting, as it has proved not the least
+fruitful, in the whole realm of scientific research, was the brilliant
+Frenchman, Auguste Mariette.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+MARIETTE AND HIS WORK
+
+
+The story of the life-work of the man who, more than any other, was
+responsible for the creation of a genuine interest in the great
+works of ancient Egypt, as distinguished from the aimless or sordid
+antiquity-grubbing which has been described in the preceding chapter,
+is one of the romances of science. Mariette was one of those men who,
+in the words of Cromwell, never go so far as when they do not know
+whither they are going, and in his early connection with Egypt he was
+like Saul the son of Kish, who went out to look for his father’s asses
+and found a kingdom. Born in 1821, at Boulogne, and employed as a
+teacher in the college of his native town, he was drawn to the study
+of ancient Egypt by the fact that the town museum had acquired a fine
+Egyptian sarcophagus from the collection of Denon, one of the savants
+who had accompanied Napoleon’s Army of Egypt.
+
+[Illustration: 3. DETAIL OF DECORATION, TOMB OF SETY I.]
+
+In 1849 he was appointed assistant in the Egyptian Department of the
+Louvre, and in the following year he was sent out to Egypt for the
+purpose of buying Coptic manuscripts. The mission, a comparatively
+trifling one in itself, was one of those trifles which often prove
+turning-points in a man’s life; and from the moment when he set foot on
+Egyptian soil, Mariette’s future career was marked out for him.
+
+The thing which determined his fate was a passage from the old
+geographer and historian Strabo. The god of Memphis, the most ancient
+capital of Egypt, was Ptah, the artificer-god, who was supposed to
+become incarnate in the sacred bull Apis. As each successive Apis
+died, it was buried with all the reverence and splendour due to an
+incarnation of Divinity, in a special necropolis at Saqqara. Later
+in the complicated story of Egyptian religion Apis was identified
+with the god of the Underworld, Osiris, and was called Osiris-Apis,
+and the Greeks speedily corrupted this into Serapis, and called the
+burial-place of the Apis bulls the Serapeum.
+
+Now Strabo, in writing his account of Egypt, inserted the following
+passage about this ancient bull-cemetery. “One finds also [at Memphis]
+a temple of Serapis in a spot so sandy that the wind causes the sand
+to accumulate in heaps, under which we could see many sphinxes, some
+of them almost entirely buried, others only partially covered; from
+which we may conjecture that the route leading to this temple might be
+attended with danger if one were surprised by a sudden gust of wind.”
+While Mariette was pursuing his inquiries after Coptic manuscripts, he
+noticed in a garden at Alexandria several sphinxes, and shortly after,
+when at Cairo, he came across several more of the same type, while
+more still were found at Gizeh. It was plain that there was somewhere
+not far off some storehouse of sphinxes which was being plundered to
+furnish ornaments for the gardens of local officials. The matter lay
+in Mariette’s mind until one day when he was at Saqqara he noticed the
+head of a similar sphinx sticking up out of the sand. Searching round
+about it, he found a libation-tablet, inscribed with a dedication to
+Osiris-Apis. At once Strabo’s statement occurred to his mind, and he
+realised that he was standing over the avenue of sphinxes which the
+ancient writer refers to.
+
+Coptic manuscripts went to the winds. Without apparently asking
+permission of anybody, “almost furtively,” as he says himself, Mariette
+gathered a handful of workmen, and began the excavation. “The first
+attempts were hard indeed,” he says; “but before very long lions and
+peacocks, and the Grecian statues of the dromos, together with the
+monumental tablets or _stelæ_ of the temple of Nectanebo, were drawn
+out of the sand, and I was able to announce my success to the French
+Government, informing them, at the same time, that the funds placed
+at my disposal for the researches after the manuscripts were entirely
+exhausted, and that a further grant was indispensable. Thus was begun
+the discovery of the Serapeum.”
+
+The passage is entirely characteristic of Mariette, and the calmness
+with which he assumes that the Government which had sent him out to buy
+manuscripts will be quite pleased to hear that he has spent all their
+money on something quite different, and has committed them to a huge
+excavation which was to last four years, instead of to the purchase of
+a few parchments, is particularly delightful. One wonders what were
+the first thoughts of officialdom at Paris when his letter reached the
+Louvre, and his chiefs realised the kind of man and the irrepressible
+energy which they had let loose in Egypt to spend money on things which
+they had never dreamed of.
+
+His action at the Serapeum was typical of his whole career in Egypt.
+When Mariette had once reached the conclusion that a certain object
+was desirable, nothing was allowed to stand in the way. He went for
+his object, one cannot always say straight, for he had caution as well
+as daring, and knew how to use the wisdom of the serpent, but with a
+resolute determination which seldom failed in the end to accomplish
+its purpose; and if regulations stood in the way, so much the worse
+for the regulations. It was this self-reliance and impatience of
+restraint which were responsible for a good deal of the wastefulness
+which undoubtedly was a marked feature of his Egyptian work; but, on
+the other hand, without these same qualities it is difficult to see
+how his work could have been accomplished at all, in the face of all
+the obstacles which were thrown in his way by Oriental lethargy and
+corruption, and by European jealousy and selfishness.
+
+The great Apis-cemetery which was thus discovered by Mariette’s happy
+disregard of the limits of his commission is all that remains of
+the original Serapeum. When the place was complete, it comprised an
+avenue of sphinxes at least 600 feet in length, leading up to the
+great temple of Osiris-Apis. No fewer than 141 of the sphinxes were
+discovered, together with the pedestals of others. The temple had
+entirely disappeared, having, no doubt, been used as a quarry for
+other building operations; but an inclined passage led from one of its
+chambers downwards into the vast vaults where for centuries the bodies
+of the dead Apis-bulls were given burial with splendours which rival
+those of the Pharaohs.
+
+The vaults belong to three periods. In the first, which belongs to the
+XVIIIth Dynasty, the tombs are separate vaults hewn here and there in
+the rock; in the second, which is that of Dynasties XXII to XXV, a
+long gallery was excavated, on either side of which mortuary chambers
+were excavated as needed; in the third (XXVIth Dynasty) the gallery
+plan is followed, but on a much larger scale. The total length of the
+galleries of the XXVIth Dynasty is 1150 feet, and the great gallery
+alone measures 640 feet in length. In the side chambers are the immense
+granite coffins, of superb workmanship, which were provided for the
+last resting-place of the Apis. Twenty-four of these were found in the
+third gallery. They average 13 feet in length, 11 feet in height, and
+7 feet 8 inches in breadth, and weigh not less than 65 tons apiece,
+magnificent specimens of the engineering skill of the ancient workers
+who transported these vast blocks from Aswan to Memphis, a distance of
+almost 600 miles.
+
+The discovery of the Serapeum set the seal on Mariette’s destiny.
+Henceforward his life-work was to lie in the excavation and
+preservation of the relics of that ancient land to which fate had
+brought him; but as yet he occupied no official position in the
+country, and was, indeed, looked upon rather as an unauthorised
+interloper by the native antiquity-hunters and the foreign officials
+who encouraged the constant and shameless pillage which had been going
+on for half a century. It was in his struggles with these vampires that
+the great explorer acquired the habits of secret and solitary planning
+and working which characterised his reign as chief of the Egyptian
+Service of Antiquities, and the distrust of all other excavators which
+led him to forbid all such work even to the most famous scholars or to
+his dearest friends, and to retain the right to excavate exclusively in
+his own hands to the day of his death.
+
+“Forced to struggle for more than three years,” says Maspero in his
+vivid sketch of his predecessor, “against the jealousy of the dealers
+of the time and the sharp practices of the Egyptian officials, he
+was not long in learning and putting into practice all the dodges
+which the natives employed to track out their rivals or to cheat the
+treasury. No one knew better than he how to conceal a quest, to pack
+up the product of it in secret, and to dispatch it without arousing
+the suspicion of anyone.” Curious qualifications for the head of a
+great Government department; yet they served him well in what was
+really a lifelong battle against the rivalry of men of science, who,
+instead of encouraging him in his efforts to set Egyptology on a firm
+foundation in its native land, did their worst to rob him of the fruits
+of his labours; and against the apathy and indifference of his master,
+who regarded the antiquities which his untiring servant unearthed as
+valuable only because he could gratify a globe-trotting potentate by
+the gift of some of them, or in the last resort might raise a loan on
+the precious treasures of his Museum.
+
+Mariette’s appointment as head of the Service of Antiquities was
+due, indeed, to a piece of skilful wire-pulling in which de Lesseps
+and Prince Napoleon, afterwards Napoleon III, were concerned; and
+Said Pasha gave him the post, not because he cared for his royal
+predecessors, but because, as Maspero caustically puts it, “he came to
+the conclusion that he would be more acceptable to the Emperor if he
+made some show of taking pity on the Pharaohs.”
+
+An appointment due to no higher inspiration than self-interest on the
+part of the giver obviously depended largely on how long self-interest
+coincided with the interests of the new post; and perhaps the most
+arduous part of Mariette’s task consisted in trying to make his
+thoroughly Oriental master see that it was his interest to maintain
+what he had begun, and in overcoming the whims and caprices, and the
+secret intrigues which continually threatened to undermine his position
+and destroy the structure which he was so painfully rearing. He never
+could get a permanent grant for the work of his department from the
+Egyptian Government. When money was needed he had always to ask it
+direct from the Khedive, who granted a subsidy or refused it according
+to the mood in which he happened to be at the moment. Again and again
+Mariette had to close down his excavations because he had unfortunately
+approached Said when the Khedive was in a bad temper; but though the
+continuance of work under such conditions might have driven the most
+phlegmatic of men, let alone a mercurial Frenchman, to despair, he
+never for a moment lost sight of his end. Repulsed once, he only waited
+a more favourable opportunity to return to the charge, and in the end
+he was almost invariably successful.
+
+When his work is criticised, as it has often, and not unjustly, been,
+as hasty and wanting in thoroughness, let it be remembered that, with
+all its faults, it was done under conditions which would have driven
+most men mad, and that thoroughness and minute care are not precisely
+the qualities which are encouraged by the knowledge that the exchequer
+is empty, and that there is no prospect of being able to pay the
+workmen unless one can catch a wayward prince in a favourable mood.
+All things considered, the wonder is, not that so much was overlooked
+and left undone, but that so much was actually accomplished under such
+maddening conditions.
+
+His main object was to form such a Museum in Egypt that it would no
+longer be possible for the representatives of the European powers to
+excuse their spoliation by the suggestion that Egypt was unable to
+safeguard her own treasures of antiquity. With this end in view he was
+indefatigable in the work of excavation, doing his utmost to gather
+from Memphis, Thebes, Abydos, Tanis, and other famous sites, such a
+collection of historical monuments as should render the creation of a
+permanent home for them a crying necessity.
+
+Erelong he had so far succeeded that his collection included fine
+statues of Ramses II, the well-known Amenartas, the so-called Hyksos
+Sphinxes, the Triumphal Stele of Thothmes III, and a great mass of
+amulets from the cemeteries of Memphis, Abydos, and Thebes. To house
+these treasures he was provided with a set of miserable buildings
+which were of no use for any other purpose--a deserted mosque which
+was falling into ruin, some filthy sheds, and a dwelling-house alive
+with vermin, in which he lived himself. Making the most of this heap
+of ruins, he improvised pedestals for the statues and cases for the
+amulets, and turned his early training as a drawing-master to account
+in the painting of the decorations of his crazy walls.
+
+The incident which finally determined Said to yield to the importunity
+of his energetic Director of Antiquities was highly characteristic,
+both of the daring and persistence of Mariette, and the waywardness of
+the ruler with whom he had to deal. One of the chief hindrances to the
+erection of the Museum was the fact that the excavations, though highly
+productive of objects of historic interest, had as yet yielded nothing
+in the way of gold or jewellery, and Said, a thorough Oriental, cared
+but little for researches which only produced inscribed or sculptured
+stones. Early in 1859, Mariette’s workmen at Drah-Abou’l-Neggah,
+near Thebes, discovered the splendid gilded sarcophagus of the Queen
+Aah-hotep. Mariette sent orders for it to be sent to Cairo at once; but
+meanwhile the Mudir of Keneh had laid hands on it, opened it in his
+harem, and, throwing aside the mummy, took possession of the fine set
+of jewellery which the coffin contained, and hurried off by boat to
+present it to the Khedive as an offering from himself.
+
+Mariette immediately set out on his steamboat, the _Samanoud_, to
+meet the robber. Boarding the Mudir’s boat, he tried to persuade him
+to give up his ill-gotten goods, and when persuasion failed he passed
+to threats, and from threats to blows. Finally he triumphed, and took
+possession of the treasure. Knowing the danger which he ran of having
+his action represented to the Khedive as sheer robbery of a treasure
+addressed to the Royal Palace, Mariette took care to be the first to
+tell the story to his royal master, and did so with such effect that
+the Khedive thoroughly enjoyed the joke, and laughed heartily at the
+spoiling of the spoiler. He kept a gold chain for one of his wives, and
+himself wore for awhile a fine scarab which he afterwards returned;
+but the rest of the treasure was reserved, as Mariette wished, for his
+darling Museum, and the Khedive, now convinced that the collection was
+worth housing, gave orders for the erection of a suitable building at
+Boulak.
+
+Thus, by a happy combination of good fortune and daring, the great
+explorer succeeded in the attainment of at least a part of his heart’s
+desire. The buildings at Boulak, however, were far from satisfactory,
+and his heart was always set on a dream-museum, which he did not
+live to realise, which indeed has not yet been realised, though the
+great Egyptian Museum has known two changes of abode since his time,
+and is now preparing for a fresh extension to house the treasures of
+Tutankhamen’s tomb. In addition, he had to be continually on his guard
+to see that the priceless things which he had gathered with such pains,
+and housed at such risk, were not dissipated to gratify his patron’s
+passing whims of generosity towards some favourite guests, or sold
+_en masse_ to act as security for a loan. Mariette had no intention
+of allowing his treasures to be treated as pawnbroker’s pledges;
+but it took all his energy and authority to prevent this happening,
+for whenever Said was short of money, which happened with unfailing
+regularity, his first thought was to raise a loan on the Museum, and it
+was only the Director’s personal acceptability with his master which
+enabled him to stave off disaster once and again.
+
+The narrowest escape came just on the heels of what had seemed the
+greatest triumph of his life. At the Paris Exhibition of 1867, he had
+secured the first adequate representation of Egyptian antiquities.
+A small Egyptian temple was built, preceded by a short avenue of
+sphinxes; and within the temple were housed the finest specimens of art
+and craftsmanship which Egypt could produce. For six months all the
+world admired and wondered; then came the blow. Mariette had wrought
+too well, and made his treasures look too inviting. The Empress
+Eugenie had cast covetous eyes upon them, and the Khedive Ismail was
+informed that she desired to have the whole collection offered to her
+as a gift. Ismail, taken by surprise, and, as usual, short of cash, did
+not dare to refuse; but he had the sense to make his consent subject
+to one condition. “There is,” he said to the emissary of the Empress,
+“someone at Boulak more powerful than I, and you must address yourself
+to him.” It must have been the cruellest of blows to Mariette thus to
+be wounded in the house of his friends; but his resolution was proof
+against both imperial wiles and threats, and the collection returned in
+safety to its native home. The explorer had saved the treasures of the
+land of his adoption from the greed of his native land; but it was at
+a heavy cost that the victory was gained. The favour of France, which
+had always been one of his main supports, was immediately withdrawn,
+and for the next two or three years Mariette found himself in disgrace
+at the palace, and unable to obtain any support for his schemes.
+Curiously enough, it was the downfall of France in 1870 which brought
+him into favour once more with the Khedive, and for the last ten years
+of his life he saw the work to which he had given himself steadily
+growing, though on at least one occasion the proposal to raise a loan
+on the Museum was revived, and though Ismail’s grandiose plans for the
+extension of the buildings remained only dreams, which came through the
+ivory gate.
+
+In respect to the excavations which he kept so jealously in his
+own hands, Mariette’s energy was amazing, though its results were
+never so carefully chronicled as they might have been, and were
+sometimes scarcely chronicled at all. The two greatest charges to be
+brought against him as an excavator are, first, this lack of adequate
+publication of his results, a huge mass of precious material being
+gathered without anything to tell the student its actual provenance,
+or its historical connection, and, second, the craving for big and
+imposing results, which led him often to neglect the smaller but often
+more important material which would have been of priceless value
+to modern workers, but did not appeal to him, and consequently got
+overlooked and lost.
+
+With regard to the latter point, however, we must remember that
+the knowledge of the infinite importance of the small game of the
+archæologist is a thing of modern growth, and that it is scarcely fair
+to blame Mariette for not being a quarter of a century in advance
+of his time; and also that the difficulties of his position obliged
+him to lay stress on the big and imposing monument, even at the cost
+of neglecting what was really of more value to the serious student.
+Broken potsherds may mean far more for the reconstruction of history
+than intact colossi; but to the men in authority on whom depended the
+continuance of the excavator’s work, they were just-broken potsherds.
+
+[Illustration: 4. TEMPLE OF RAMSES III, MEDINET HABU.]
+
+Spite of all the defects of his methods, we owe him an infinite debt,
+both for what he accomplished and for what he hindered others from
+destroying. The chief fruit of his toil, apart from the work at
+the Serapeum and in the necropolis at Saqqara, was the unveiling at
+Abydos of the noble temple of Sety I, with its exquisite reliefs, which
+will always rank among the very finest work of the artists of the New
+Empire. Besides the excavation of the temple, he did an immense amount
+of work, very imperfectly recorded, alas, in the great necropolis
+of Abydos, where he unearthed over 15,000 monuments of one kind or
+another. It ought not to be forgotten either, though it often has been,
+and though it has been stated that in his work at Abydos he had no idea
+of the existence there of any remains of the early dynasties, that it
+was Mariette who prophesied both the discovery of Ist Dynasty tombs and
+that of the great subterranean “Pool of Osiris,” which is the latest
+fruit of M. Naville’s work there.
+
+Scarcely less important was his work at Thebes, where he for the first
+time made some approach to establishing the architectural history of
+the great temple of Karnak from its foundation under the Middle Kingdom
+down to the close of building under the Ptolemies. To him, also, we owe
+the excavation of the great temple of Ramses III at Medinet Habu, and
+the first beginnings of that huge piece of work which M. Naville and
+his assistants at Der el-Bahri only completed, after thirteen years’
+hard labour, in 1908.
+
+How many of the visitors to Hatshepsut’s beautiful memorial temple, who
+wonder at the patience which unearthed this most exquisite of Egyptian
+buildings, remember that it was Mariette who first gave to the world
+the most interesting part of the whole building with its reliefs of the
+royal expedition to the Land of Punt?
+
+To tell of all his work at the thirty-seven places in which he
+excavated would take a volume, and not a chapter. One of his greatest
+successes, though it dealt only with a Ptolemaic building, was
+the excavation of the very perfect temple of Edfu. He found it so
+completely covered with rubbish that an Arab village had established
+itself upon the roof of the ancient sanctuary of Horus. Mariette
+succeeded in getting these interlopers cleared away, and was at last
+able to reveal the whole of a building, which, while comparatively
+modern as Egyptian temples go, is yet one of the most complete and
+perfect specimens of Egyptian architecture, showing the almost pure
+type of temple architecture as it can be seen only in one or two other
+instances in the whole land.
+
+The great explorer’s work in Egypt lasted for almost exactly thirty
+years. Before his death on January 18, 1881, he had the satisfaction
+of knowing that the work of which he had so well laid the foundations
+would not be interrupted when he had to lay it down. He never, indeed,
+saw the accomplishment of his great life-dream, the completion of a
+Museum really worthy of the treasures which he had gathered. Sir Gaston
+Maspero, his able successor, has told us how that vision hovered round
+his death-bed, and cheered his last hours; but even to-day the great
+Museum at Cairo is scarcely worthy of the matchless stores which it
+holds, and it is becoming more and more doubtful whether Cairo is the
+right place for a collection of such priceless value. But at least
+Mariette accomplished one thing which will never be undone; he put a
+stop to the worst of the pillage of Egyptian antiquities which had
+gone on unchecked for half a century, and he established the fact that
+the proper place where the historical monuments of a great nation’s
+past should be gathered is on national soil, where they are at home,
+and where they have a value which could never be theirs if they were
+scattered through a score of alien collections.
+
+A noble statue keeps his memory alive in the Cairo Museum. Maspero
+tells us that a great personage who visited the Museum asked whether
+this monument was that of a Pharaoh or of a modern individual; and
+when he was told that it was the monument of Mariette, the founder of
+the Museum, “Mariette,” said he, “I did not know that the founder of
+the Museum was a woman!” Such is fame, even in the land where memories
+seem to endure longer than in any other spot on earth. But Mariette’s
+worth to the world does not depend on monuments, though he had so much
+to do with them, nor on great personages, though he suffered so much
+at their hands all his life. It lies in this, that he saved the relics
+of ancient Egyptian history from the bottomless bog of international
+jealousies and greed and insisted that a nation with a great past had
+the right and the responsibility to hold the treasures of that past
+within its own bounds--in trust for the world.
+
+“Assuredly,” says Maspero, “Mariette is not a model to be blindly
+imitated; and the man who should imitate him to-day would run the risk
+of committing irreparable blunders; but let anyone who is tempted to
+depreciate him replace himself in spirit in the Egypt of sixty years
+ago, and let him ask himself how he would have acted in the midst of
+the difficulties which would then have assailed him on all sides; I
+believe that, if he is an honest man, he will be forced to admit that
+though perhaps he would have handled matters differently, he would not
+have come better out of the business. Mariette was the man who fitted
+the time.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE BEGINNINGS OF THE MODERN PERIOD
+
+
+The coming of Mariette in 1850 marked the close of the old and bad
+period of reckless pillage in Egypt. His thirty years of ceaseless
+struggle against difficulties formed the transition period, in which
+the foundations of the modern science of Egyptology were being laid,
+but in which its aims and methods were as yet but partially and
+imperfectly understood. With his death in 1881, and the beginning of
+the reign of his successor, the late Sir Gaston Maspero, we may fairly
+be said to reach the dawn of the modern period, in which new men
+and new methods have completely revolutionised the whole conception
+of archæology, and made it one of the most fruitful aids to the
+reconstruction and the comprehension of ancient history, and above all
+the indispensable interpreter of the life of ancient peoples. It seems
+fitting, therefore, that at this point we should stop for a little to
+consider what archæology is, and what are its aims, its methods, and
+its materials; for with regard to all these points there is, save in
+the case of those who are more or less students of the past, a very
+general haziness in the public mind.
+
+To the average man, archæology might be quite satisfactorily defined
+as the study of old stones and old bones, potsherds, and fragments of
+corroded metal--a study presupposing, on the part of the student, a
+curious and perverted taste for the dry and the dusty and a disregard
+for all the things which have in them the true sap and joy of life.
+“Your true antiquarian,” it has been said, “loveth a thing the better
+for that it is rotten and stinketh”; and this judgment, more pointed
+than polite, fairly represents the conception which most people cherish
+of the work of the excavator and the interpreter of his results.
+
+Now and again this crude and summary judgment is shaken for a little
+by some wonderful discovery which seems to hint that there is more in
+archæology than the man in the street had thought. Some Pharaoh, like
+Tutankhamen, is found “lying in glory, in his own house,” as Isaiah
+puts it, and the world in general begins to turn in its sleep and dream
+for a while of the romance of buried treasure. It may be suspected that
+no small part of the interest awakened with regard to Tutankhamen’s
+tomb arose from the fact that there was talk of the money value of the
+find running into millions sterling. A science which can produce assets
+like that must be worth attention. To tell anyone whose interest has
+thus been excited that the money value of the find, even if it has
+not been ridiculously overestimated, as is most likely the case, is
+the least important aspect of it, absolutely negligible in comparison
+with its other values, is merely to invite incredulity, polite or
+otherwise. In any case the temporary interest of the find soon dies
+away, and the public reverts to its old and normal conception of the
+archæologist as an amiable and quite harmless lunatic, and of his study
+as the dullest and dustiest thing under heaven.
+
+All this, of course, is just about as wrong, and as stupidly wrong, as
+anything well can be. It is, indeed, exactly the opposite of the truth.
+The explorer, instead of being inspired with a malignant disregard for
+the sap and joy of life, is really so enamoured of these very things
+that one of his main objects is to endeavour to make the world realise
+them not only in the present, but for the past also. His purpose, and
+his business, if he has any real understanding of the end for which
+Providence created him (for there are some archæologists who have not,
+and who almost justify the worst that the public can believe of their
+science), is not the mere gathering of facts, but the reconstruction
+by means of these of the life of the past, for the interest, the help,
+and the guidance of the present. His work is not complete until he has
+presented a picture of that ancient world in which he is interested,
+not as it is now, a handful of unrelated fragments of dry bone and
+dusty papyrus and mouldering metal, but as it was when the dry bones
+were alive, clothed with flesh and inspired with spirit, when the
+words on the scroll throbbed with the hopes and fears of a living man
+or woman, and the corroded bronze or iron was a sword in the hand of
+a mighty man of valour, or a chisel in that of a cunning sculptor.
+Unless he keeps this in view as his real object, he is misconceiving
+his whole purpose, and substituting means for ends; unless he can to
+some extent accomplish this (no man, of course, can do it completely)
+he is failing of his aim.
+
+But we are still waiting for our definition of what archæology is,
+and what are the ways in which it is to accomplish this desirable
+revivifying of the past. It has been defined by a well-known excavator
+and writer as “the study of the facts of ancient history and ancient
+lore”--which is very well as far as it goes, but omits, strangely
+enough, the very point in which its author has shown himself most
+keenly interested. To complete the definition, one would need to add,
+“and of ancient life in all aspects.”
+
+The archæologist deals with ancient history, and may prove helpful to
+the historian of the past in many ways; he deals with ancient lore, and
+may reveal material which is of the utmost importance for the study
+of the knowledge and literature of the past; but his main concern is
+always with the life of the past, and his main use to the world is to
+enable the present to see and to realise the life of the past as it
+really was, to give life again to the men of old so that they shall
+no longer be names in a dry text-book, but flesh-and-blood figures,
+and to do this for the common man of the past as well as for his
+rulers, so that ancient history shall no longer be the chronicle of
+the deeds, great or otherwise, of Pharaohs and monarchs of all sorts,
+but shall give you the whole many-coloured tapestry of life as it was
+in those far-off days with the fates of common men interwoven with the
+glittering destinies of their lords and masters.
+
+“Archæological research,” says Dr. R. A. S. Macalister in the latest
+summary of its results, “consists principally in the discovery and the
+classification of the common things of daily life, houses, personal
+ornaments, domestic utensils, tools, weapons, and the like.” To
+have said such a thing fifty years ago would have been to make the
+scientific man of those days hold up his hands in horror at such a
+degradation of a science whose chief end was the discovery of the great
+monuments of great men, and the substantiation or correction of history
+by their means.
+
+To put the change of view in a word, archæology has during the modern
+period become human. It has learned that history never existed, and
+cannot be viewed, in a vacuum; and that quite as important for its
+right apprehension of the facts is the realisation of the medium in
+which the facts transpired, and which largely conditioned them. “The
+true function of archæological research,” says Dr. Macalister again,
+“is to discover the conditions amid which lived such heroes of old
+as we have mentioned; to show them, no longer as solitary, more or
+less idealised or superhuman, figures, but as men of like passions
+to ourselves moving with other men, in a busy world engrossed in its
+secular interests, and making daily use of the common things of life.”
+To take an illustration from a familiar figure of Egyptian history,
+we know, as a fact of history, that the favourite son of the mighty
+Ramses II was Setna-Khaemuast, that he fought in his father’s Syrian
+wars, that about the middle of the reign he was high-priest of Memphis,
+and that he died somewhere before the fifty-fifth year of Ramses; in
+other words, so far as the big records of the historical monuments
+go, he is to us “magni nominis umbra,” and no more. The real living
+interest of the man begins for us with the discovery of a papyrus of
+the Ptolemaic period, now in the Cairo Museum, which shows him studying
+the old inscriptions at Memphis in search of magic charms, stealing the
+roll of Thoth from the tomb of an earlier prince, just like a modern
+explorer, and getting into trouble over the theft.
+
+[Illustration: 5. TEMPLE OF EDFU--THE PYLON, AND VIEW FROM THE PYLON.]
+
+“The lofty personages,” says Maspero in the Introduction to his
+charming _Contes Populaires_, “The lofty personages whose mummies
+repose in our museums had a reputation for gravity so thoroughly
+established, that nobody suspected them of having ever diverted
+themselves with such futilities in those days when they were only
+mummies in expectation.” That is just the point. It is not the
+impassive mummies, with their reputation for gravity, thoroughly
+well-deserved for the last three thousand years, since they became
+mummies, that we want to know; it is the folk who were only “mummies
+in expectation,” who lived and loved, hated and fought, and made fools
+of themselves, like other people. And the business of archæology is
+to show you these people, in their habit as they lived, and in the
+ordinary medium which conditioned their actions. If it cannot or
+does not do that, then it deserves all the vivid abuse which Carlyle
+used to hurl at the Dry-as-dusts of the past.
+
+Now it is the supreme merit of the modern period that it has been
+steadily learning the importance of this aspect of its work among the
+treasures of the past, till now it can say “nothing human is foreign to
+me.” The change of view is set before us very plainly in the contrast
+between our modern histories of Egypt and those of our forefathers.
+
+Take, for instance, Maspero’s _Histoire Ancienne_, or Breasted’s
+_History of Egypt_, and compare the brilliant pictures of ancient
+Egyptian life which you will find in their pages with the dry summaries
+of events which passed for Egyptian history fifty years ago. What
+has made the difference? Simply the fact that in the interval the
+archæologist has been learning that his business is not only or even
+chiefly with the great historical monuments of the land with which
+he is dealing, but, above all, with the small things which made the
+background of life, “the pots and pans,” as Dr. Macalister puts it,
+“which are essential if he is to fill in the picture of the ancient
+life of the region.”
+
+The change of view thus brought about is marked by a corresponding
+change of judgment as to what shall constitute the chief object of
+search in the excavations which reveal the past to us. In the dawn
+of excavation it was the big and imposing monument which was eagerly
+and almost exclusively sought for--very naturally, for it was only
+by the discovery of such relics that the explorer could hope, in the
+existing state of knowledge, to justify his work, and to create the
+interest on the part of the public which would provide him with the
+funds which were needed for its prosecution. Colossal statues, granite
+sarcophaguses, intact burials in Egypt, winged human-headed bulls,
+alabaster slabs carved in relief, cuneiform tablets inscribed with
+legends of the Creation and the Flood in Mesopotamia; such were the
+prizes which rewarded and vindicated the labours of men like Mariette,
+Botta, and Layard in the middle of last century. It was all very
+natural and inevitable, as things then were; and it is both unjust and
+unreasonable to denounce the work of such pioneers because they worked
+with the knowledge and under the conditions of their own time.
+
+The science of excavation and the knowledge of its true objects did
+not exist when they did their work; it had to be slowly and painfully
+created by experience, and in the process it was inevitable that many
+things should suffer and that there should be much loss of material
+which a better instructed generation would have known how to value.
+These great men would doubtless do their work very differently now;
+but it is vain to criticise them for not possessing a knowledge which
+nobody possessed in their day. We owe them rather our gratitude for
+that they accomplished so much in such unfavourable circumstances.
+
+There can be no doubt, nevertheless, that the methods of the early
+excavators, judged from the modern point of view, were wasteful to
+a large degree of the things which we have learned to consider of
+supreme importance in the study of the past. In their search for the
+big game of excavation they overlooked, too often with fatal loss to
+the science of the future, the common things which would have made
+the indispensable background to their more imposing discoveries, and
+in many instances what they let slip will never be recovered. To-day
+the outlook is entirely changed, and the man who should excavate on
+the lines of Mariette or Layard would be a hopeless anachronism among
+explorers. The excavator goes to his work now, not with the hope of
+finding some great monument which will confirm some doubtful statement
+of history or disprove some theory of succession, not even with the
+hope of discovering some store of tablets which will let new light in
+on a dark period. Such things may of course be found, and are welcomed
+when they are found; and such discoveries as that of the tomb of
+Tutankhamen tell us that the romance of exploration is by no means a
+thing of the past. But the modern explorer has learned the infinite
+importance of little things, and the results for which he mainly
+hopes are such things as would be heartily despised by the casual and
+uninstructed beholder. Perhaps the change may be expressed most simply
+by saying that while the explorer of two generations back looked for
+colossi, his present-day successor looks for crockery.
+
+It may seem that from a science thus occupied and concerned mainly with
+the infinitely little, the romance of the early days of exploration
+has departed; but this is to misunderstand the situation. The
+explorer’s work was never romantic in the sense in which the average
+man understands the word. The idea of the excavator as a man who spends
+his days in exploring wonderful underground chambers filled with the
+treasures of the past, is just about as true as the picture of the
+great detective who is always unravelling the mysteries of crime by
+the most amazing strokes of genius, and landing himself incidentally
+in the most appalling situations. There never was such an explorer, or
+such a detective; and the life of the one as of the other is mainly
+one of monotonous drudgery at which most of the folk who talk about
+romance would shudder. The great thrilling moments, when a discovery
+which will excite the imagination of the world is made, have always
+been far between, and the finding of Tutankhamen’s tomb has shown that
+they may still come to the modern explorer just as richly as to his
+predecessor. But the true romance of modern excavation lies in this,
+not that it can reveal the dead monarchs of thirty centuries back
+in all their splendour, but that by its patient piecing together of
+innumerable small details it can give back to us the actual life of the
+period in which the dead monarch lived, and let us see the order of his
+court, and what is far more important to our knowledge of the past,
+the traffic of the market-place in his cities, and the intercourse of
+his land with the nations around it. It is scarcely too much to say
+that because of the minute care with which the modern excavator has
+treated the minutest fragments of the relics of ancient days we are
+better acquainted with the life of the Egypt of the New Empire than we
+are with that of the ordinary European nation of the Dark Ages, though
+the latter be more than two millenniums nearer us in time. A science
+which can accomplish such a miracle of resurrection can never lack the
+element of true romance in the eyes of anyone who has a real sense of
+the wonder of life.
+
+It follows from the fact that the modern excavator is called to deal
+with such a multitude of matters, each in itself perhaps comparatively
+insignificant, but each of importance, as an additional stroke in the
+picture of the past which is being slowly built up on the canvas, that
+far more extensive qualifications are exacted of him than sufficed for
+his predecessor. “Our explorer in Egypt,” says Miss Amelia Edwards, “is
+only called upon to be an ‘all-round’ archæologist within the field
+of the national history: namely, from the time of Mena, the prototype
+of Egyptian royalty, who probably reigned about five thousand years
+before Christ, down to the time of the Emperor Theodosius, Anno Domini
+379. Yet even within that limit, he has to know about a vast number of
+things. He must be familiar with all the styles and periods of Egyptian
+architecture, sculpture and decoration; with the forms, patterns and
+glazes of Egyptian pottery; with the distinctive characteristics of the
+mummy-cases, sarcophagi, methods of embalmment and styles of bandaging
+peculiar to interments of various epochs; and with all phases of the
+art of writing, hieroglyphic, hieratic, and demotic. Nor is this all.
+He must know by the measurement of a mud brick, by the colour of a
+glass bead, by the modelling of a porcelain statuette, by the pattern
+of an earring, to what period each should be assigned. He must be
+conversant with all the types of all the gods; and last, not least,
+he must be able to recognise a forgery at first sight. After this, it
+must, I think, be admitted that the explorer, like the poet, is ‘born,
+not made’! The wonder perhaps is that he should ever be born at all.”
+
+It seems, no doubt, a sufficiently formidable catalogue of
+qualifications; but to Miss Edwards’ list others would now have to
+be added. For the progress of investigation of the inter-relation of
+the nations of the ancient east has broken down the limitation which
+she imposed upon the knowledge of her imaginary explorer, and the
+Egyptian excavator of the present day must be familiar, not only with
+all that has been mentioned, but with the related work of Mesopotamia
+and Babylonia, with the art of the brilliant Minoan craftsman, with
+all that is known of the enigmatic Hittite civilisation, and with the
+art, both archaic and mature, of Greece, together with a score of other
+related matters!
+
+All this development of a science which has grown almost within the
+lifetime of some of its exponents from a comparatively simple thing
+to one of the most complex and exacting of human studies, has, of
+course, been the work of many minds and hands. But if the name of any
+one man must be associated with modern excavation as that of the
+chief begetter of its principles and methods, it must be the name of
+Professor Sir W. M. Flinders Petrie. It was he, as one of the most
+brilliant of the exponents of his methods has recently stated, who
+first called the attention of modern excavators to the importance of
+“unconsidered trifles,” as means for the reconstruction of the past.
+Above all, it was he who first taught us that for purposes of certainty
+in the establishment of the succession of different periods, the
+“broken earthenware” of a people may be of far greater value than its
+most gigantic monuments. And it has been men trained in the principles
+which he established who have during the last generation been doing
+the work which has made the past of the Classic East a living thing
+to the world of to-day. It remains now to trace the outline of their
+accomplishment in Egypt.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE PYRAMIDS AND THEIR EXPLORERS
+
+
+Of all the works of man there is none which has attained such lasting
+and universal fame as the group of buildings known as the Pyramids of
+Gizeh. For the best part of five thousand years this group of mighty
+structures has been one of the wonders of the world, and the theories
+which have been framed to account for their existence have been more
+numerous than the Pyramids themselves. Egypt has many buildings far
+more beautiful, and perhaps as wonderful; but the Pyramids are, to the
+great majority of people, the characteristic buildings of the land, and
+whenever Egypt is named there rises before the mind at once a vision of
+three vast bulks of masonry squatting defiantly on the rising ground
+above the Libyan desert, as though challenging Time himself to make
+any impression on their stupendous mass. “All things dread Time,” it
+has been said, “but Time itself dreads the Pyramids”; and the very
+exaggeration testifies to the profound impression which their bulk and
+strength have made upon the mind of man. The mere lapse of forty-five
+centuries would seemingly of itself have made next to no impression
+on them; the vandalism of man has done a little more; but even the
+efforts of those who for many centuries have used the vast masses as a
+convenient quarry have done little more than show more convincingly the
+power and skill of the builders who reared in the beginning these huge
+mausoleums around whose bases the workers of succeeding generations
+have pottered and scratched like children playing with toy spades in
+the sand.
+
+Yet though the Pyramids may fairly claim to be the most famous and
+the best-known buildings in the world, the ignorance in the average
+mind with regard to them and the purpose for which they were reared is
+still just about as general and widespread as the fame of them; and the
+purpose of this chapter is, first, to tell what, and how many, and of
+what kind they are; next, what was the end for which they were reared
+in the beginning of history; and lastly, to recount something of the
+efforts which have taught us what is really known about them.
+
+To most people the Pyramids mean solely the great group at Gizeh; but
+though these are by far the greatest and the most famous, they are by
+no means the only pyramids, nor are they even the oldest. The chief
+field, known as the Great Pyramid Field, begins almost opposite Cairo,
+on the western side of the Nile, at Abu Roash, where is the pyramid of
+Dadefra (Razedef) of the IVth Dynasty, and extends south along the bank
+of the Nile for a distance of about sixty miles to the Fayum, where
+lie the pyramids of the great XIIth Dynasty Pharaohs, the last of the
+regular kings of Egypt to build pyramids for themselves. Far to the
+south again in the country which we know as the Soudan, there lie two
+other pyramid fields, the one at Gebel Barkal or Napata, near to the
+Fourth Cataract, the other at Begarawiyah, the ancient Meroë, between
+the Fifth and Sixth Cataracts, and a little more than a hundred miles
+north of Khartoum. These two fields have neither the greatness of scale
+nor the historic importance and interest of the Great Pyramid Field,
+for they belong to the Ethiopian kings, some of whom, for a time,
+reigned over Egypt in the days of its decline. The Napata group belongs
+to the earlier Ethiopian monarchs, who founded the XXVth Egyptian
+Dynasty, which was finally driven out of Egypt by the Assyrians in the
+reign of Tanutamen, and to their successors, who after the disasters
+of 661 B.C. maintained the old Ethiopian sovereignty in the south; the
+Meroë group belongs to the later Ethiopian kings who reigned after 300
+B.C. As things go in Egypt, therefore, these southern pyramids are
+quite modern, nor do they belong to the most interesting period of
+Egyptian history, and though they have been long known, they are only
+now in process of being investigated by the Harvard-Boston Expedition
+under G. A. Reisner, whose work at Begarawiyah is still unfinished. Our
+attention, therefore, may be given solely to the Great Pyramid Field.
+
+Beginning with Abu Roash, the next site of importance is Gizeh itself,
+with all its wonders of IVth Dynasty work. Passing southwards, we
+come to Abusir, with its remains of the pyramids and temples of the
+Sun-worshipping Pharaohs of the Vth Dynasty, lately excavated by
+the German expedition; beyond these again comes the great field of
+Saqqara, with remains dating over a long period of Egyptian history.
+The Step-Pyramid of King Zeser of the IIIrd Dynasty is, of course,
+the most important and imposing monument; but besides, there are
+pyramids dating from the latter part of the Vth Dynasty, a number of
+VIth Dynasty ones, and the splendid tombs of many of the nobles of the
+early dynastic period, so that, though the Saqqara portion of the field
+cannot compare with Gizeh in the size of its monuments, it is only
+second to its northern rival, and surpasses it in the variety and the
+pictorial interest of its minor tombs. Still travelling southwards, we
+pass in succession Dahshur and Lisht with their pyramids of the great
+Pharaohs of the XIIth Dynasty, Medum, with its remarkable pyramid of
+King Seneferu of the IIIrd Dynasty, rising in three stages, like a
+Mesopotamian Ziggurat, to a height of 114 feet, and Illahun, where
+Senusert II had his pyramid, and where the exquisite jewellery of some
+of the royal princesses was found recently, and reach the last of the
+series at Hawara, where Amenemhat III, one of the greatest and noblest
+of the long line of Egyptian Pharaohs, had his last resting-place.
+In later days there were pyramid tombs at Thebes and Abydos; but the
+pyramid part of these structures was comparatively unimportant, and
+they have, in any case, left few traces behind. Indeed, after the
+XIIth Dynasty the fashion of pyramid-burial seems to have gradually
+died out, though we know from the revelations of the Abbott Papyrus
+that in the XXth Dynasty there were in the Theban necropolis at least
+ten royal pyramids belonging to kings of the XIIIth to the XVIIIth
+Dynasty. Altogether there must be at present in Egypt something like
+seventy pyramids of greater or less importance, without reckoning the
+later and less important groups of Napata and Meroë.
+
+Passing by the Abu Roash pyramid of King Razedef, we begin our survey
+with the magnificent group of Gizeh, which to the ordinary man are the
+Pyramids to the exclusion of all others. Everyone knows, of course,
+what the Pyramids are like, and has some rough idea of their surpassing
+size, and perhaps the only way to impress the sense of their vastness
+on the mind is to use one or other of the comparisons which have
+been worked out to illustrate the stupendous scale on which they are
+built. To tell the reader that the weight of the stones built into the
+Great Pyramid is over six million tons is merely to bewilder him; the
+vastness of the business may be better appreciated when one realises
+that a town of the size of Aberdeen might be built out of the materials
+which Khufu gathered together for his monstrous tomb, or that if the
+stones were divided into blocks a foot square, and these blocks placed
+end to end in a straight line, the line would be long enough to reach
+two-thirds of the length of the circumference of the earth at the
+Equator.
+
+[Illustration: 6. GREAT PYRAMID AND SPHINX, WITH PART OF TEMPLE OF THE
+SPHINX.]
+
+Khufu’s pyramid was originally about 481 feet in height, and each of
+its sides measured at the base a matter of 755 feet 8 inches, and these
+long lines were laid out and built with such wonderful accuracy that
+the maximum error is not more than an inch. “The laying out of the base
+of the Great Pyramid of Khufu,” says Professor Sir W. M. F. Petrie, “is
+a triumph of skill; its errors, both in length and in angles, could be
+covered by placing one’s thumb on them; and to lay out a square of more
+than a furlong in the side (and with rock in the midst of it, which
+prevented any diagonal checks being measured) with such accuracy shows
+surprising care. The work of the casing stones which remain is of the
+same class; the faces are so straight and so truly square, that when
+the stones were built together the film of mortar left between them is
+on an average not thicker than one’s thumb-nail, though the joint is a
+couple of yards long; and the levelling of them over long distances has
+not any larger errors.” “Equal to optician’s work of the present day,”
+says the same authority elsewhere, “but on a scale of acres instead of
+feet or yards of material.”
+
+The Second Pyramid is slightly inferior to the first in size, its
+measurements being 472 feet in height and 706 feet 3 inches on each
+side; and its workmanship is also of inferior accuracy, the errors
+in length being double, and those of angle quadruple those of its
+predecessor, while the masonry is of poorer quality. Curiously enough,
+the sarcophagus, the core of the whole vast building, was in the case
+of the Great Pyramid one of the poorest pieces of work of its kind in
+the period, and much inferior to that of Khafra in the Second Pyramid.
+Spite of its smaller size, which most travellers scarcely notice
+owing to the fact of its somewhat superior position, and its inferior
+workmanship, the Second Pyramid is itself a world’s wonder.
+
+Beside these great twin brethren, Menkaura’s Third Pyramid, with its
+215 feet of height and its length on the side of 346 feet 2 inches,
+seems diminutive, though its partial outer casing of granite may have
+given it a richness of appearance which to some extent compensated for
+its smallness.
+
+Here, then, we have a group of buildings which, from whatever point of
+view they are regarded, are among the most wonderful ever reared by the
+hand of man, and which in sheer bulk are by far the greatest of all
+architectural works. What was the purpose for which these stupendous
+bulks were built and maintained for so long? To ask such a question
+was, not so long ago, to let loose all the flood of vain imaginations
+which always gathers about a subject which is great and imperfectly
+understood.
+
+The theories which have been framed about the Great Pyramid in
+particular are almost as monstrous as itself, but have none of its
+solidity. Of these, perhaps the favourite, because of a certain romance
+attaching to it, and because of the reputation of some of those who
+have supported it, is, or rather one should say, was, that it was
+designed for an astronomical observatory. R. A. Proctor, to whose
+advocacy the idea owes a great deal of what vogue it had, has told
+us that the entrance passage is so placed that at the date which he
+assumes for the erection of the pyramid (3400 B.C.) it bore directly
+on the then Pole-Star, Thuban, or Theta Draconis, when the star was
+on the meridian below the pole, and further, that the great gallery
+which leads up to the King’s Chamber was designed to serve the purpose
+of a great transit instrument, through whose open upper end the
+transits of stars could be observed by astronomers occupying seats
+on cross-benches laid across the gallery at different levels! Still
+wilder are the fancies which would have us see in the measurements of
+the Great Pyramid divinely inspired revelations as to units of length,
+capacity, and so forth, and which gravely inform us that the granite
+sarcophagus of Khufu is really a standard measure of capacity, of which
+our British quarter is a fourth part. It seems rather a pity in view of
+this wonderful theory that Professor Petrie should have just told us of
+the inferiority of Khufu’s sarcophagus in accuracy to that of Khafra,
+as such a fact tends to disturb the mind as to the truth of our own
+measures; but it is a sufficient indication of the flimsy nature of the
+foundations on which all these theories rest.
+
+The fact is that no evidence worth consideration has been brought
+forward in support of any of them, and in especial that the idea of the
+great gallery having been a gigantic transit instrument (surely the
+most cumbrous and inefficient ever designed) is absolutely negatived
+by the knowledge which we possess of the object with which the whole
+building was constructed--an object whose all-important condition was
+absolute secrecy and concealment. To dream that Khufu built a pyramid
+to secure his body from discovery and destruction, and then allowed its
+passages to remain open to the sky for years that astronomers might
+observe the stars, and tomb-robbers the plan of the pyramid, is to put
+a fool’s cap on the whole business. The Great Pyramid, like all the
+other pyramids, great and small, was none of the extraordinary things
+which we have been told it was; it was something simpler and more
+wonderful than any of them--the greatest witness ever given on earth to
+the human craving for immortality!
+
+There is no longer any doubt that all the pyramids, from the first
+imperfect conception of the form in the Step-Pyramid of Saqqara,
+through the giants of Gizeh, down to the crumbling heaps of brickwork
+which are all that remain of some of the later fabrics, were built
+simply and solely as tombs, and that their one object was to render the
+resting-place of their royal tenant as secure as precautions could make
+it from the attacks of dynastic enemies or mere robbers.
+
+The pyramid was just one pathetic expression of that marvellously
+persistent passion which gave us the tomb-chambers of Abydos, with
+their storerooms for the supply of the dead king’s wants in the
+Underworld, the Mummy with all its wonderful elaboration of means
+for preserving the shape and likeness of the dead man, the Funerary
+Statue, with its amazingly lifelike portrait of the man whose place
+it was designed to take when time had reduced the mummy to dust, and
+the soul still craved a recognisable dwelling-place, and the long,
+rock-hewn galleries of the Valley of the Kings, with their pictured
+representations of all that could help their owner through the dangers
+and difficulties of the long journey to the Egyptian Fields of
+Contentment.
+
+No race has ever been so possessed by any religious idea as was the
+ancient Egyptian by the faith that it was possible to secure immortal
+life for humanity beyond the gates of death, possible, but difficult
+to the last degree, and needing all the effort which could be given
+to secure so great and so difficult an end; and the Great Pyramid is
+just the most colossal seal ever put on that creed, expressing, as
+nothing else ever could, both the intensity of the conviction and the
+consciousness of the extreme difficulty of its attainment in actual
+fact. The Egyptian Pharaoh built his pyramid as the expression of
+his faith in life everlasting; he built it as huge and as massy as
+he could, as the expression of his consciousness of the numberless
+difficulties and dangers which compassed the road which led to the
+attainment of immortality, and of his determination that, so far as
+human effort could secure it, he would be secured against everything
+which might prejudice his chance of winning eternity.
+
+The Pyramid, then, is a tomb, or rather it is the sole surviving part
+of the elaborate and complicated structure which the Egyptians of the
+Pyramid period devised for the accomplishment of this end of securing
+the duration of the personality of its owner. For what we see now at
+Gizeh and elsewhere is by no means what the Egyptians of the early
+dynasties saw when they looked upon the “eternal dwelling-places”
+of their great kings, but only a fragment, which by reason of its
+massiveness, and especially of its form, has survived while the rest of
+the fabric has perished. The complete pyramid-complex was a development
+of the normal Egyptian arrangement of tomb-chamber and tomb-chapel.
+Each Egyptian of any rank or pretensions was buried in a chamber,
+generally underground, which contained his coffin of stone or wood; but
+he had also another chamber above ground, where the necessary rites
+might be observed at the stated times, and the daily offerings of food
+and drink made for his use in the other world by his relations or by
+the priests who were appointed for this purpose. These two chambers
+were combined in the “mastabas” of the Old Kingdom nobles, with their
+shafts and their chapels. The pyramid took the place of the mastaba,
+and as it developed, the chapel, instead of being within the same mass
+of building as the tomb-chamber, was built outside, at the foot of the
+great structure which protected the mummy of the king, as was fondly
+hoped, from sacrilegious attack. This pyramid-temple lay at the east
+side of the pyramid, and in close connection with it. But the pyramids
+were situated on rising ground, generally at a considerable distance
+from the cultivated land, and it was therefore necessary to arrange
+for a convenient approach to them, instead of allowing the priests or
+the royal relatives to scramble over the rough ground. Accordingly
+a secondary temple, or portico, was built down on the level of the
+cultivated land in a position where it could be approached by boats
+during the inundation; and from this portico-temple a covered causeway
+led up to the temple proper at the foot of the pyramid.
+
+We are to conceive of the pyramid fabric, then, as consisting of
+these four parts, first the part for whose sake all the rest existed,
+the pyramid itself, with its concealed passages and its carefully
+protected sarcophagus-chamber, in which lay the mummy of the king in
+its granite coffin; then the temple crouching at the foot of the great
+tomb-chamber; then the long covered causeway leading down to the lower
+levels, and finally the Portico-temple on the margin of the flooded
+river. One imagines the scene on the feast-day of a great Pharaoh--the
+graceful and gaily decorated Egyptian river-skiffs drawing up to
+the stately columned portico on the river bank, and landing their
+freight of white-robed priests and gorgeous courtiers and princes of
+the blood, the preliminary service within the lower temple, and then
+the solemn procession up the causeway to the temple proper where the
+memory of Khufu or Khafra is celebrated, and his wants for the other
+world supplied under the shadow of the mighty mass of stone where the
+bones of the great builder are laid. The Pyramids are impressive enough
+to-day in their stripped and gaunt majesty--one wonders if they could
+be more impressive even in the days of their perfected splendour.
+Possibly not, but at all events the world can have seen few more
+imposing sights than an Egyptian Pyramid Field such as that of Gizeh,
+when its three giants were girt with all the sumptuous fabrics which
+were part of their essential design as their architects planned them,
+and without which we are no more seeing them as they were meant to be
+seen than if we were viewing Salisbury without its spire, or the Duomo
+of Florence without its campanile.
+
+As to the sumptuousness of these subsidiary parts of the
+pyramid-complex, we have fortunately first-hand evidence. Little
+remains of the temple proper of the Second Pyramid, though what there
+is has been completely excavated; but the causeway leading down from
+it has been traced, and it terminates in a building which has been for
+long familiar as one of the most striking examples of the combined
+restraint and magnificence of the Egyptian architects of the early
+dynasties, the so-called Temple of the Sphinx, which is in reality
+the Portico-temple of Khafra’s pyramid. With its severely simple
+architecture of vertical and horizontal lines, its great blocks of
+stone absolutely without ornament of any sort, and the richness of
+its granite monoliths and its alabaster wall-surfaces, it tells us
+something of what must have been the dignity and splendour of the Gizeh
+Pyramid Field when it stood intact.
+
+So far as the fulfilment of the object for which they were erected
+is concerned, the Pyramids of Gizeh are no more than a melancholy
+monument of the vanity of human wishes, and an illustration of how
+human cupidity or malice will in the long run break through the most
+elaborate system of defence. Professor Petrie has suggested that
+Sir Thomas Browne was in the wrong when he wrote that “to be but
+pyramidally extant is a fallacy of duration,” and comments upon that
+characteristic utterance: “Khufu has provided the grandest monument
+that any man ever had, and is by this means better remembered than any
+other Eastern king throughout history.”
+
+That is so; and yet one cannot help remembering that this was not at
+all Khufu’s object in the rearing of his vast mausoleum. It was not to
+keep his memory green, but to keep his body intact that the greatest
+builder of the world raised the Great Pyramid, and in that simple
+object he utterly failed, as did all his brother pyramid-builders great
+and small. The evidence shows that not in one single case has greed
+or hatred failed to overcome all the obstacles placed in their way by
+royal power. Every pyramid known has been rifled in ancient times,
+probably not long after its builder was laid to rest in his stately
+tomb, and the duration of the mass of senseless stone, which bids fair
+to be as long as that of the everlasting hills, only mocks the hopes
+with which it was reared. The pyramid remains; but the jewel for whose
+sake so costly a casket was devised is long ages since “blown about the
+desert dust.”
+
+The story of excavation at the Pyramids of Gizeh has nothing very
+exciting about it. The first excavators were, no doubt, the enemies
+of the Crown, who, as Petrie has suggested, penetrated into the
+burial-chambers in the troubled days between the VIIth and Xth
+Dynasties and wreaked their spite on the bodies of their dead masters.
+Thereafter, through the Classical period, the entrance into the
+subterranean passages of the Great Pyramid was well known; but the
+knowledge had been lost by the time of the Arab Conquest, and the
+Khalif Mamun had laboriously to quarry his way through the masonry
+into the actual passages, leaving behind him the great hole, which is
+still called “Mamun’s Hole.” This was the beginning of the vandalism
+which has done so much destruction at the Pyramids of Gizeh, though the
+worst efforts of human stupidity have somehow only seemed to emphasise
+the dignity and grandeur of the great buildings whose might mocks at
+the puny attempts of the destroyer. After Mamun had showed the way,
+his successors followed him, and used the pyramid as a quarry. In
+1356 Sultan Hasan used part of the casing of the Great Pyramid in the
+building of his mosque, and though his work may be, as it has been
+called, “the finest monument in Cairo,” and “the most perfect specimen
+extant of Saracenic architecture,” its beauty is sadly discounted by
+the fact that it was created by the robbery of the most magnificent
+example of an architecture more ancient and more noble. Hasan, or one
+of his immediate successors, added to his crime by stripping part of
+the casing from the Second Pyramid also, leaving it in the partially
+despoiled condition in which it now appears, for one of his coins was
+found by Petrie deep down in the southern foundation. Compared with
+such barbarities, the indignities which the Pyramids have had to suffer
+in all ages at the hands of tourists, who have insisted on disgracing
+their undistinguished names by scrawling them on these great memorials
+of the past, are mere trifles.
+
+Early in the nineteenth century Caviglia succeeded in penetrating into
+the centre of the Great Pyramid, and he was followed in the spring of
+1818 by the redoubtable Belzoni, whose account of the manner in which
+he forced an entrance into the Second Pyramid is as vivacious as the
+rest of his narrative. Belzoni’s earlier efforts only resulted in the
+discovery of one of the passages by which former explorers had vainly
+attempted to force their way into the pyramid; but his disappointment
+only quickened his desire, and as he says in his own inimitable way:
+“Hope returned to cherish my pyramidical brains.” His workmen were
+speedily set to work again at a new spot. “As to expectation that the
+entrance might be found, they had none; and I often heard them utter,
+in a low voice, the word ‘_magnoon_,’ in plain English, _madman_. I
+pointed out to the Arabs the spot where they had to dig, and such
+was my measurement, that I was right within two feet, in a straight
+direction, as to the entrance; and I have the pleasure of reckoning
+this day as fortunate.” Even after the passage was discovered, the
+removal of the blocks of stone which obstructed it required several
+days of hard labour; but at last, thirty days after the work began,
+the explorer found himself standing in the sarcophagus chamber of
+Khafra. Besides the empty sarcophagus, Belzoni found the evidence that
+he had not been the first who had penetrated into the secret of the
+pyramid, for in addition to many graffiti on the walls of the chamber,
+which were written in charcoal and rubbed off at the slightest touch,
+there was an Arabic inscription which ran: “The Master Mohammed Ahmed,
+lapicide, has opened them; and the Master Othman attended this opening:
+and the King Ali Mohammed, from the beginning to the closing up.”
+
+The Third Pyramid, that of Menkaura, was opened in 1226 by
+treasure-hunters. “After passing through various passages, a room was
+reached wherein was found a long blue vessel [the sarcophagus] quite
+empty.... They found in this basin, after they had broken the covering
+of it, the decayed remains of a man, but no treasures, excepting some
+golden tablets inscribed with characters of a language which nobody
+could understand.” The disappointed treasure-seekers were succeeded in
+1837 by Colonel Howard Vyse, some of the results of whose discoveries
+are in the British Museum in the shape of a fragment of the basalt
+sarcophagus, and portions of a wooden coffin, purporting to be that
+of “the King of the North and South, Men-kau-Ra, living for ever,”
+together with the remains of a man, wrapped in a coarse woollen cloth
+of a yellow colour. “In clearing the rubbish out of the large entrance
+room,” says Colonel Vyse, “after the men had been employed there
+several days and had advanced some distance towards the south-eastern
+corner, some bones were first discovered at the bottom of the rubbish;
+and the remaining bones and part of the coffin were immediately
+discovered all together. No other parts of the coffin or bones could
+be found in the room; I therefore had the rubbish which had been
+previously turned out of the same room carefully re-examined, when
+several pieces of the coffin and of the mummy-cloth were found; but in
+no other part of the pyramid were any parts of it to be discovered,
+although every place was most minutely examined, to make the coffin as
+complete as possible.” Unfortunately some doubt exists as to the coffin
+being actually of the period which its inscription claims, and the same
+doubt hangs over the remains. It has been suggested that the coffin is
+a restoration of the time of the XXVIth Dynasty, and that the remains
+are not those of Menkaura, but of one of the treasure-hunters who lost
+his life in the attempt of 1226. Accordingly we cannot say, as might
+otherwise have been the case, that Vyse actually discovered a Pharaoh
+in the great tomb which he had built for his eternal abode. The fine
+basalt sarcophagus was taken out of the pyramid by Vyse, and shipped
+for England in 1838; but the ill-luck which has dogged the pyramid
+explorations attended Menkaura’s coffin also. The ship left Leghorn on
+October 12, 1838, and was never heard of again, though some bits of
+wreckage were picked up off Carthagena.
+
+Valuable work was done at Gizeh during the years after Vyse’s
+researches by Perring and Piazzi Smyth, though the careful measurement
+work of the latter was somewhat obscured by the fanciful theories which
+possessed his mind on the subject of the purpose of the Great Pyramid;
+but the most complete survey of the Gizeh field was due to Flinders
+Petrie, who in 1880–1881 measured and planned the whole site with the
+most scrupulous care.
+
+Perhaps the most interesting result of his work, apart from the
+evidence which he gathered as to Egyptian methods of working stone,
+was his discovery, behind the Second Pyramid, of the barracks in which
+the skilled masons who were permanently employed on the building lived
+while the work was going on. These were capable of containing easily
+about 4000 men. The rest of the 100,000, who, as Herodotus tells us,
+were employed in the building of the Great Pyramid, were doubtless
+merely labourers employed during the three months of high Nile, when
+work on the land was impossible, to bring up the blocks of stone and
+leave them ready for the skilled hewers and masons to work upon. As to
+the methods of these skilled workmen, evidence of the most interesting
+kind was accumulated. It was found that the great blocks of stone were
+sawn by means of bronze saws over nine feet in length, and equipped
+with jewelled cutting points. The sarcophagi of hard granite or basalt
+were thus sawn to shape with the most remarkable accuracy, while they
+were hollowed out by cutting rows of holes with tubular drills also
+set with jewelled cutting points. The chief difference between this
+kind of ancient Egyptian work and modern practice with diamond drills
+is that the ancient work is undeniably superior to the modern. “Truth
+to tell, modern drill cores cannot hold a candle to the Egyptians;
+by the side of the ancient work they look wretchedly scraped out and
+irregular.” “There has been no flinching or jumping of the tool,” says
+Petrie again, speaking of a drill core from Gizeh, “every crystal,
+quartz, or felspar has been cut through in the most equable way, with a
+clean irresistible cut.”
+
+Our wonder at the mighty mass of the Pyramids of Gizeh, then, is not to
+be mere wonder at the barbaric power which summoned myriads of slaves
+and forced them to toil till by sheer brute force they had piled up
+these mountains of stone. Brute force, unguided and unorganised, would
+never have built the Pyramids, though millions instead of thousands had
+been employed, and for centuries instead of decades, but would only
+have led to disaster and confusion. The wonder of the Pyramids is that
+five thousand years ago there was found a race whose keen intelligence
+so clearly understood the need and the marvellous power of organised
+and trained human labour, architects and engineers who were capable
+of directing the energies of a hundred thousand men without confusion
+towards a clearly foreseen end, and craftsmen who were capable of
+producing, with tools whose material seems to us pathetic in its
+inadequacy, results which put to shame the best achievements of men
+using the finest modern tools.
+
+The recent excavations in the Gizeh Pyramid Field, directed by Dr.
+G. A. Reisner, have added much to our knowledge of the subordinate
+tombs of the period, and of the life of the times.
+
+Moving southwards from Gizeh, we come to the pyramid field of Abusir,
+passing on the way the unfinished pyramid of Zawiyet el Aryan. Of this
+pyramid, designed for the Pharaoh Nefer-ka-Ra of the IIIrd Dynasty,
+nothing exists above ground. The remains consist simply of the trenches
+destined for the superstructure, and the inclined plane leading
+down to the mortuary chamber with its fine oval libation-trough, or
+sarcophagus. Yet there are few works of ancient Egypt which impress one
+more with the sense of the magnificent power with which these early
+architects carried out their designs. “The whole,” says Maspero, “is
+merely a T-shaped ditch, some 100 feet deep; and yet the impression it
+makes when one goes down into it is unforgettable. The richness and the
+cutting of the materials, the perfection of the joints and sections,
+the incomparable finish of the basin, the boldness of the lines and the
+height of the walls all combine to make up a unique creation.”
+
+The German excavations have resulted in the discovery at Abusir of a
+curious development both of the pyramid idea and of the early Egyptian
+temple. It was already known from one of the magical tales of the
+Westcar Papyrus, that the kings of the Vth Dynasty were probably a
+priestly line of usurpers, who claimed to be related to the Sun-god
+Ra by direct descent--a relationship which was henceforth claimed
+by every subsequent Pharaoh, and embodied in the royal titulary. The
+German Expedition has revealed to us the unmistakable proof of the
+devotion of the Vth Dynasty kings to the worship of the Sun-god, and
+the unique form which their temples took. The temple of Ne-user-ra, for
+example, consisted of a rectangular court, 380 feet by 280 feet, whose
+main axis ran east and west. In the western half of this area rose the
+pyramid, a curious combination of the idea of the mastaba-pyramid of
+Seneferu at Medum and the later obelisk. On a great block of building
+about 130 feet square by 100 feet in height, shaped like a truncated
+pyramid, rose a squat brick obelisk whose point reached a height of
+about 120 feet. Roofed corridors surrounded the enclosure on the other
+three sides, and probably provided storerooms for the temple furniture,
+and for the materials of the offerings. At the foot of the pyramid
+an immense alabaster altar stood in a small court surrounded by low
+walls. The obelisk, on its truncated pyramid, represented the Sun-god,
+and outside the temple wall, near the south side, was placed the most
+curious of all the furnishings of this curious temple, in the shape
+of a great boat, built of brick, which bore all the sacred insignia
+of the Sun-god in his voyage across the heavens. The interior of the
+temple walls was covered with sculptured scenes of the life created by
+the god, scenes from the river, the swamps, the fields and the desert,
+these being the earliest specimens of such mural decorations in any
+Egyptian temple.
+
+The next stage of the Great Pyramid Field is at Saqqara, where the
+chief feature is the most ancient, and save for the monsters of Gizeh,
+the most famous of all the pyramids, the Stepped-Pyramid of King Zeser
+of the IIIrd Dynasty, the earliest great stone structure in the world.
+This remarkable building was probably the work of Zeser’s famous
+counsellor and architect Imhotep, the typical wise man of early Egypt,
+whose counsel was “as though one inquired at the oracle of God,” and
+who was subsequently deified and became the patron-deity of the scribes.
+
+The tomb which he reared for his master (who had also another great
+tomb at Bet-Khallaf) was built in six stages, stands about 197 feet in
+height, and has the peculiarity that its base is not a square but a
+rectangle, measuring 394 by 351 feet. But though the interest attaching
+to man’s first great piece of stonework must always be great, the
+actually living interest at Saqqara attaches not so much to Zeser’s
+hoary and imposing tomb, as to the comparatively insignificant and
+decayed pyramids of the Vth and VIth Dynasty kings, Unas, Teti, Pepy
+I, Merenra, and Pepy II. Mere heaps of rubble and sand as they seem,
+with none of the splendour of construction or greatness of scale of the
+Gizeh group, these monuments of the time when the royal power of the
+Old Kingdom was beginning to decline are yet of supreme value; for they
+are the first pyramids in which inscriptions have been found, and the
+long religious texts discovered in them, and now known as the Pyramid
+Texts, are unique and of infinite importance.
+
+Up to the end of his career, Mariette believed that the pyramids were
+dumb, as the Gizeh group had proved to be, and therefore looked upon
+the attempt to open any of the Saqqara group as mere waste labour.
+Maspero, however, believed otherwise, and the opening of the pyramid
+of Pepy I in 1880 proved that he was right. The other pyramids named
+proved also to be inscribed, and altogether the five pyramids give us
+a series of religious texts covering a period of about one hundred
+and fifty years, or perhaps one hundred and eighty, from 2825 to 2644
+B.C., or, on Petrie’s dating, from 4275 to 4090 B.C. Even taking the
+later dates, these Pyramid Texts form by far the earliest large body of
+religious writings which have come down from any part of the ancient
+East, and their importance as sources of knowledge as to the beliefs of
+the earliest Dynastic period can scarcely be overrated.
+
+Apart from the interest of its pyramids, Saqqara has proved of infinite
+value to the student of ancient Egyptian life because of the richness
+of its necropolis in the great mastaba tombs of the nobles of the
+Old Kingdom. Since Mariette’s excavation of the tomb of Ti, who was
+a great man in his day, and architect to two successive kings of the
+Vth Dynasty, Nefer-ari-ka-ra and Ne-user-ra, the sculptures of this
+splendid tomb, and those, scarcely less remarkable, of the tombs of
+Ptah-hetep, Mereruka and Kagemni, have been recognised as among the
+most precious accomplishments of ancient art.
+
+Apart altogether from their artistic value, their importance as
+first-hand documents for the reconstruction of life in ancient Egypt
+five thousand years ago is supreme, for their representations, executed
+with infinite vivacity and spirit, cover almost every department of
+Egyptian life. The great man is represented as surrounded by all
+the busy life which ministered to his comfort when he was on earth,
+or engaged in the sports and diversions which were his relaxation
+in the intervals of his public duties, sailing, fishing, fowling,
+or hippopotamus-hunting among the Nile swamps. Farm life, with its
+changing activities according to the season, and all its peaceful and
+beautiful incident, is faithfully depicted, so that the crops which the
+Egyptian landowner grew and the stock he kept can be perfectly known;
+while all the crafts which were necessary to the upkeep of a great
+estate are also depicted with abundant detail and a charming directness
+and dash. The tomb-paintings of the New Empire at Thebes are much and
+deservedly admired; but even they must yield in freshness and charm to
+these pictures from the dawn of history, which have the dew of youth
+still upon them, and all the vigour of an art which is already quite
+sure of itself, but has not had the time to grow stale.
+
+[Illustration: 7. CHASED GOLD PECTORAL ORNAMENTS OF SENUSERT II AND III
+(XIIth DYNASTY).
+
+(_From “Arts and Crafts of Ancient Egypt.”_)]
+
+From Dahshur down to Illahun and Hawara lie the pyramids of the great
+kings of the XIIth Dynasty, who, though Thebans, realised that the
+centre of gravity of the national government must be further north, and
+who therefore made their royal residence between Memphis and the Fayum.
+The earlier kings of the dynasty, Amenemhat I and Senusert I, had their
+pyramids at Lisht; Amenemhat II and Senusert III preferred Dahshur
+for their resting-place; while Senusert II chose Lahun, and Amenemhat
+III Hawara, where he could sleep beside the great works which he had
+wrought at Lake Moeris for the welfare of his land. The XIIth Dynasty
+pyramids are not imposing externally. The ruinous piles of brickwork
+at Dahshur and Lahun look more like gigantic ant-heaps than true
+pyramids; yet they were the work of kings who in their own way were
+quite as powerful as the pyramid-builders of the IVth Dynasty, and the
+detail of the inner workmanship of the sarcophagus chambers is quite as
+remarkable as anything to be seen at Gizeh. Part of the reason for the
+difference is a change, not so much in the ideal for which the pyramid
+was constructed (for that remained constant throughout the history of
+Egypt), but in the conception of the best means towards the realising
+of the ideal. “It seems,” says Petrie, describing the change which
+Senusert II introduced in his pyramid at Lahun, “that the pyramids of
+the earlier kings had fallen a prey to violence already, the signs of
+personal spite in the destructions are evident. Therefore Senusert II
+determined to abandon the old system of a north entrance in the face,
+and to conceal the access to the interior by a new method.” His method
+was to excavate his sarcophagus chamber entirely out of the solid rock
+on which the pyramid was founded, and to place the entrance to the
+passage which led to the chamber outside of the pyramid altogether.
+The shaft which gives access to the passage actually opens out on the
+plain, beneath the floor of the tomb of one of the princesses of the
+dynasty. Inside the rock-hewn chamber which was protected with such
+care, and which was splendidly lined with red granite, stood the red
+granite sarcophagus, “exquisitely wrought,” says Petrie, “the errors of
+flatness and straightness being matters of thousandths of an inch.”
+
+Yet the cunning and the skill of the XIIth Dynasty architects and
+masons proved as helpless as the massive power of the IVth Dynasty to
+protect the dead monarchs from the ravages of hatred or greed. Nor
+were the elaborate precautions of Amenemhat III any more successful
+than those of his grandfather had been. Petrie’s description of the
+construction of the inner passages of Amenemhat’s pyramid at Hawara
+reads like something planned to be a nightmare to explorers. “The
+explorer,” he says, “who had found the entrance in the unusual place
+on the south side, descended a long staircase, which ended in a dumb
+chamber. The roof of this, if slid aside, showed another passage, which
+was filled with blocks. This was a mere blind, to divert attention
+from the real passage, which stood ostentatiously open. A plunderer
+has, however, fruitlessly mined his way through all these blocks. On
+going down the real passage, another dumb chamber was reached; another
+sliding trap-door was passed; another passage led to a third dumb
+chamber; a third trap-door was passed; and now a passage led along
+past one side of the real sepulchre; and to amuse explorers, two false
+wells open in the passage floor, and the wrong side of the passage is
+filled with masonry blocks fitted in. Yet by some means the plunderers
+found a cross trench in the passage floor which led to the chamber.
+Here another device was met. The chamber had no door, but was entered
+solely by one of the immense roof-blocks, weighing 45 tons, being left
+raised, and afterwards dropped into place on closing the pyramid.” One
+would have imagined that with such precautions the sleep of Amenemhat
+would surely be undisturbed; but when Petrie in 1889 tunnelled his
+way through the roofing-beams of the sepulchral chamber he found that
+an early plunderer had anticipated him by mining right through the
+great 45-ton block. “The royal interments had been entirely burnt; and
+only fired grains of diorite and pieces of lazuli inlaying showed the
+splendour of the decorations of the coffins.”
+
+Here, as in all the other cases of the pyramids, the very elaboration
+of the means adopted for the preservation of the dead body of the king
+had only whetted the appetite of the spoiler and destroyer, and little
+has survived from the XIIth Dynasty pyramids to reward the modern
+explorer. The great finds in the XIIth Dynasty pyramid fields were all
+from outside the pyramids. Of these one of the most valuable, though
+by no means the most spectacular, was Petrie’s discovery, near the
+pyramid of Senusert II at Lahun, of the town, created specially for the
+occasion, in which the workmen of Senusert had lived with their staff
+of architects, overseers, and scribes, while the pyramid was under
+construction.
+
+The little town of Ha-hetep-Senusert, Kahun as it is now called, gives
+us the most complete instance extant of the character of an Egyptian
+town of the Middle Kingdom. It occupied an area of about 18 acres, and
+the plans of the narrow streets and of the houses, mostly small and
+closely crowded together, though there are exceptions to this rule,
+have been completely wrought out. Much that is interesting in the way
+of pottery, tools, and papyri came from the ruins of the deserted
+houses of the little pyramid-town, whose existence seems to have been
+a very brief one, probably not much longer than was necessary for the
+erection of the pyramid.
+
+Again it was not in Amenemhat’s elaborately devised pyramid at
+Hawara, but in the Roman cemetery to the north of it, that the great
+find was made which has made Hawara famous in the history of ancient
+Egyptian art, and has given us one of the most valuable contributions
+ever made to our knowledge of the processes and technique of ancient
+painting. A cemetery which dates mostly from A.D. instead of from B.C.
+has in general comparatively little attraction to the explorer in
+ancient Egypt, unless he be a specialist in the Greco-Roman Period.
+Accordingly, when Petrie in 1888 found that the cemetery in question
+was of the first and second centuries A.D., he was on the point of
+giving it up as not worth working, when one day a mummy was found
+with a painted portrait on a wooden panel inserted above its face.
+The picture was a beautifully drawn head of a girl, painted in soft
+tones, and quite un-Egyptian in its style. It proved to be only the
+forerunner of a whole series of similar portraits, of which about sixty
+were found before the excavations closed. The work was resumed in 1911
+with further success. The portraits are of varying merit, and of even
+the best of them it has to be remembered that we are not dealing with
+the product of the studio of a skilled artist, but only with that of
+the workshop of a firm of local undertakers, who supplied funerary
+portraits just as they supplied coffins. All things considered the
+quality of the work is wonderfully good, and the information given
+by these panel pictures as to the methods of the ancient painters is
+of the highest importance. Before the Hawara discoveries, we were
+left very much in the dark as to how Apelles, Zeuxis, Polygnotus and
+their companions and rivals produced the masterpieces which have only
+survived in the literary descriptions of their contemporaries. The
+Hawara pictures may be very far, even the best of them, from being
+masterpieces; but at least they tell us what were the methods by which
+the great painters of ancient Greece produced the pictures which were
+considered the equals in artistic merit of the statues which are now
+the wonder of the world. The manner in which they were painted is
+often described as “encaustic,” but this is an incorrect description
+of portraits which, so far as can be judged, were simply painted with
+melted coloured wax, laid on with a free brush, each tint being laid on
+as a solid body, and not subjected to subsequent glazings.
+
+The XIIth Dynasty pyramid fields at Dahshur and Illahun have yielded
+two of the most remarkable finds of Egyptian jewellery which have ever
+been made, and the results of the work of de Morgan and Petrie in this
+respect are such as to increase our admiration for the marvellous
+skill of the craftsmen of the Middle Kingdom. It was in 1894 and 1895
+that de Morgan’s workmen, clearing up the area round the XIIth Dynasty
+pyramids at Dahshur, found in the tombs of the princesses of the royal
+house one of the most wonderful stores of jewellery which have ever
+rewarded excavation. The two most notable pieces of the treasure were
+the diadems of the princess Khnumit, the most exquisite examples of the
+skill of the goldsmith ever worn. “The floret crown,” says Petrie, “is
+perhaps the most charmingly graceful head-dress ever seen; the fine
+wavy threads of gold harmonised with the hair, and the delicate little
+flowers and berries seem scattered with the wild grace of Nature. Each
+floret is held by two wires crossing in an eye behind it, and each pair
+of berries has likewise an eye in which the wires cross. The florets
+are not stamped, but each gold socket is made by hand for the four
+inserted stones. The berries are of lazuli. In no instance, however
+small, was the polishing of the stone done in its cloison; it was
+always finished before setting.” The other diadem is more conventional,
+but scarcely less beautiful. Eight rosettes of gold and precious
+stones are surmounted with motives of lyre shape terminating in golden
+flowers, and the rosettes are united by long links also bearing
+jewelled rosettes. The stones of the two crowns are lapis-lazuli,
+carnelian, red jasper, and green felspar. Along with the diadems
+were found gold pectorals of fine design and execution, bearing the
+cartouches of Senusert II, Senusert III, and Amenemhat III, and various
+other articles of jewellery, and even the famous jewellery of Queen
+Aah-hotep, so long the typical specimen of Egyptian craftsmanship, must
+yield the palm to the earlier work in beauty of design and daintiness
+of execution.
+
+The second discovery came in February, 1914, when Professor Petrie’s
+workmen were clearing a rifled tomb belonging to the “Royal daughter
+Sat-Hathor-ant” at Lahun near the pyramid of Senusert II. How the
+treasure of Lahun had ever escaped the plunderers who had rifled the
+tomb is a mystery. “The tomb had been attacked,” says Petrie; “the long
+and heavy work of shifting the massive granite lid of the sarcophagus,
+and breaking it away, had been achieved; yet all this gold was left
+in the recess of the passage untouched.... The whole treasure seems
+to have been stacked in the recess at the time of the burial, and to
+have gradually dropped apart as the wooden caskets decayed in course of
+years, with repeated flooding of storm water and mud slowly washed into
+the pit.... The whole treasure was standing in an open recess, within
+arm’s reach of the gold-seekers, while they worked at breaking open the
+granite sarcophagus.” We can only be thankful that all the luck did not
+go to the ancient robber, and that, like his earlier companion who
+left the arm of the Ist Dynasty queen, with its jewelled bracelets, at
+Abydos, he overlooked something to tell a later age of the skill and
+taste of ancient Egypt.
+
+[Illustration: 8. _Above_, CROWNS OF GOLD INLAID WITH STONES OF
+KHNUMIT. _Below_, GRANULATED GOLD WORK. ALL XIIth DYNASTY.
+
+(_From “Arts and Crafts of Ancient Egypt.”_)]
+
+The chief feature of the Lahun find was a perfect specimen of a royal
+diadem, bearing the uræus on its front. No actual specimen of the
+famous double crown of Egypt has ever come to light, familiar though
+its appearance may be, probably because its materials were of a
+perishable nature; but the diadem of Lahun gives us a unique specimen
+of such a crown as Egyptian royalty may often have worn in preference
+to the cumbrous mitre so frequently figured. “It is formed by a broad
+band of highly burnished gold over an inch wide, and large enough to
+pass round the bushy wig worn in the XIIth Dynasty. The uræus is of
+open work, inlaid with lazuli and carnelian; the head is of lazuli,
+which was found loose in the mud. Around the polished band were affixed
+fifteen rosettes, each composed of four flowers with intermediate buds.
+At the back a tube of gold was riveted on to the band, and into that
+fitted a double plume of sheet gold, the stem of which slipped through
+a flower of solid gold. The thickness of the plumes was such that
+they would wave slightly with every movement of the head. At the back
+and sides of the crown were streamers of gold, which hung from hinges
+attached to the rosettes. The whole construction was over a foot and a
+half high.” Such was an Egyptian diadem in the great days of the Middle
+Kingdom, and surely never did a royal head wear a more graceful
+emblem of sovereignty than that which came so strangely to light in
+1914.
+
+Along with the crown were found two pectorals, one of Senusert II, the
+other of Amenemhat III, of even finer design than the famous pectorals
+of Dahshur. “The earlier pectoral is inlaid with minute feathering of
+lazuli and turquoise; the later with a different feathering of lazuli
+and white paste, which has probably been green.... They were probably
+suspended by necklaces of the very rich deep amethyst beads which were
+found here.” With the pectorals went several gold and jewelled collars
+and necklets, and broad armlets of golden bars with beads of carnelian
+and turquoise, and inlaid clasps bearing the royal cartouche, and a
+number of other articles, amulets and toilet utensils, including a
+silver mirror with a handle of obsidian, inlaid with bands of plaited
+gold, and bearing a cast gold head of Hathor. Another item came to
+light from Lahun in 1920 in the shape of the royal uræus of Senusert
+II, “a massive gold casting, with inlay of carnelian and lazuli, a
+head of lazuli, and eyes of garnet in gold setting,” which was found
+near the sepulchral chamber in the heart of the pyramid, amidst a heap
+of dust and chips of stone. Doubtless this is the royal emblem which
+adorned the brow of Senusert when he was laid to rest in his pyramid,
+though how it escaped the notice of the robbers who plundered his tomb
+is as great a mystery as the escape of the treasure of Sat-Hathor-ant.
+
+Thus the pyramids of the XIIth Dynasty monarchs, insignificant as they
+may seem in comparison with the gigantic piles of Gizeh, have proved
+in their way no less interesting than the colossal work of Khufu,
+Khafra, and Menkaura. Indeed each of the pyramid groups has its own
+characteristics, and has given its own contribution to our knowledge
+of the successive periods of early Egyptian history. To the mighty
+structures of the IVth Dynasty we owe the revelation of the marvellous
+organisation of the Egyptian kingdom, and the skill with which its
+resources could be concentrated on a single gigantic task. To the less
+imposing buildings of the Vth and VIth Dynasties we owe something
+perhaps even more precious--the revelation of the thoughts which were
+shaping themselves in the mind of man in these most ancient days with
+regard to the soul and its life beyond the grave. To those of the XIIth
+Dynasty we owe the evidence of the skill which shaped the marvellous
+red-granite sarcophagus of Senusert II, or the great quartzite funeral
+chamber of Amenemhat III, and the union of luxury with the finest taste
+which created the jewellery of Dahshur and Lahun. It may be questioned
+if even the tomb of Tutankhamen, with all its mass of splendour, will
+have anything to show us which can surpass in grace and dignity the
+diadems of Khnumit and Sat-Hathor-ant, or in exquisiteness of finish
+their pectorals and armlets.
+
+With the decline of the royal power at the close of the XIIth Dynasty,
+the age of the pyramid-builders closes. Already the taste for these
+huge structures was being modified, as it was continually found how
+powerless they were to accomplish the great end for which they were
+designed--the protection of the dead body of the king from the hatred
+of his enemies or the greed of the professional tomb-robber. The
+decay of the royal power which is so marked even in the beginnings of
+the dark period which now ensues no doubt completed a process which
+disillusionment had already begun; and when Egypt once more found
+herself under a strong and stable government, the Theban kings who
+delivered her from the Hyksos tyranny had recourse to another device
+for securing the continuity of existence after death, and instead of
+piling mountains of stone or brick above their sepulchral chambers,
+were hewing in the Valley of the Kings the galleries and halls which
+have been yielding up their secrets in our time for the wonder and
+instruction of the world.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+WORK AMONG THE TEMPLES
+
+
+Scarcely less famous than the pyramids, and of far greater beauty,
+are the splendid temples whose ruins extend from Heliopolis, close to
+the Delta, to Philæ, where the beautiful shrines of Isis, exquisite
+in their setting, even if of late date for Egypt, are now becoming
+only memories of a beauty which has had to yield to the claims of
+present-day life. Egypt, almost equally with Greece, may claim to be
+the Land of Temples; and certainly no other land of the ancient East
+can rival her in the number, the scale, and the magnificence of the
+shrines which she reared to her innumerable gods. The claim of the
+Greek to be the supreme temple-builder of the ancient world is, of
+course, unquestioned, and nothing in Egypt can bear comparison with the
+serene beauty of the Parthenon; but, though the Egyptian architect knew
+nothing of that exquisite balance and harmony of proportion which has
+made Greek architecture the crown of human effort in sacred building,
+the temples of Egypt have a grandeur and impressiveness of their own
+which make a profound appeal to the mind; and the contribution of the
+Egyptian to the sum of human achievement in this respect is coming to
+be more and more appreciated every day.
+
+The pyramids show him to have been one of the great master-builders of
+the world in respect of the vastness of his creations; the temples,
+often scarcely less impressive in this respect, show him to have been
+also a master in the art of constructing stately and nobly proportioned
+examples of that art of the column and architrave of which the temples
+of Hellas gave the supreme demonstration. The question of how much the
+Greek owed to the earlier builder may still be the subject of debate;
+but there can be no question of the originality of the architects who
+gave to the world such noble specimens of the builder’s art as the
+great colonnades of Karnak and Luxor, the beautiful terraces of Der
+el-Bahri, and the later glories of Edfu and Philæ.
+
+In one sense there can be comparatively little to tell in the way
+of a story of excavation with regard to the Egyptian temples. In
+Mesopotamia and Babylonia the remains of the great temples of Anu and
+Adad, of Enlil, and of Marduk, owe their restoration to the light of
+day entirely to the spade of the excavator, for they were completely
+buried beneath the dust of ages in the great mounds of Ashur, Nippur,
+and Babylon, and almost nothing was visible to tell of their former
+splendours till the modern excavator patiently stripped away the mantle
+in which time had wrapped them.
+
+But the temples of Egypt had never experienced the oblivion which
+had covered their northern rivals. They had suffered, indeed, many
+things at the hands of Time and of human vandalism. Sometimes they were
+half-buried in the sand which had risen higher and higher, century
+after century, around their columns; sometimes the shrines of a rival
+faith had been thrust incongruously into their ruined courts, or an
+Arab village had grown up like an ugly parasite on their roofs; but
+there always remained enough to tell that the work of one of the great
+master-building races of the world was there, waiting the time when
+it should be stripped of these paltry accretions, and revealed in its
+full beauty. Karnak, Luxor, Edfu, Dendera, and their companion shrines
+were never quite forgotten, and even Hatshepsut’s exquisite terraces at
+Der el-Bahri, half-smothered beneath the sand, and wrecked by Coptic
+fanaticism though they were, still showed enough to enable the first
+European explorers who described them (MM. Jollois and Devilliers of
+Napoleon’s Expedition of 1798) to be sure of the general character of
+the building which lay beneath the rubbish-heaps.
+
+Accordingly the work of the excavator in connection with the temples of
+Egypt has not been so much the discovery of the unknown as the recovery
+of the complete form of what was already partially known, the clearing
+away of the excrescences which had attached themselves in the course
+of centuries to the original structures; the preservation of the more
+delicate work, such as relief-sculpture and painting, from further
+injury; the re-establishment in a state of security of tottering
+walls and columns; and, not least, the tracing out of the history of
+the building of temples which were in general the work of centuries,
+and of many kings. It has all been work which, from its very nature,
+can have but little of the nature of romance about it, which has but
+seldom led to any startling finds, which has involved a colossal amount
+of sheer hard labour, without any very conspicuous rewards; but which
+has resulted in the temples becoming intelligible to the ordinary
+traveller, and safe for his interest for generations to come, and has
+enabled us to trace, in the case of a great structure like Karnak, the
+successive stages by which the vast building grew to a finished whole.
+
+It is, of course, obviously impossible to attempt to tell, even in
+the scantiest outline, the story of a work which has extended over
+the whole length of the land from the Delta to the furthest bounds
+of Egyptian influence in Nubia, and has been carried on by scores of
+workers of all nationalities. Perhaps our end will best be served by
+taking a typical instance of the recovery of a temple, and telling
+in more or less detail the story of the work which gave it back to
+present-day knowledge. We take as our example Queen Hatshepsut’s
+terraced temple at Der el-Bahri, one of the most beautiful, as it is
+now also one of the most famous, of Egyptian buildings.
+
+In all Egypt there is probably no more beautiful or imposing site
+than that of the “Paradise of Amen,” which the great queen reared to
+the glory of the Theban god and of her own name. On the western side
+of the Nile, almost exactly opposite Karnak, the limestone cliffs of
+the Libyan Range sweep backwards in a great semicircle, forming a bay
+across whose mouth is drawn the long line of the funerary temples of
+the Theban kings of the XVIIIth and XIXth Dynasties. Behind them, and
+behind the innumerable tombs of Sheikh Abd el-Qurneh and the Northern
+Assassif, there lies, close against the salmon-red cliffs, the building
+which, of all Egyptian temples, makes the strongest appeal of pure
+beauty, as distinguished from the impressiveness which comes from sheer
+scale and mass.
+
+[Illustration: 9. HATSHEPSUT’S TEMPLE, DER EL-BAHRI, GENERAL VIEW.]
+
+The site is one which offers peculiar advantages, but is also
+encompassed with peculiar risks. No more magnificent background for
+a building could be desired; but the background is precisely of such
+magnificence as to form a dangerous pitfall in which a merely mediocre
+architect would have been lost. To attempt to compete with Nature,
+when the work of man has to be placed in such close proximity with her
+towering architecture, would be to ensure hopeless defeat and to invite
+ridicule. Khufu’s mountain of stone gets its full value from contrast
+with the long lines of the desert plateau on whose edge it stands. The
+columns and obelisks of Karnak and Luxor are far enough from the hills
+on either bank of the Nile to make the human handiwork the central
+and impressive feature of the picture; but the site at Der el-Bahri
+would have made what was possible elsewhere a mere derision. To have
+placed the huge columns which seem so great on the Theban plain in
+competition with the soaring vertical lines of the Libyan cliffs would
+have been to place a fool’s cap on the most grandiose work of human
+hands. What was needed at Der el-Bahri was a building which should
+avoid the very idea of rivalry with Nature’s handiwork, and which
+should conquer by subjection, a building where all the emphasis should
+be laid on the horizontal lines of structure, so as to disclaim at once
+the thought of competition with the towering buttresses and bastions
+behind.
+
+It may be questioned if ever an architect more thoroughly appreciated
+the conditions of his problem, or more satisfactorily fulfilled them,
+than did Senmut, when he designed for Queen Hatshepsut the three rising
+courts of the Paradise of Amen, with the long slopes leading from the
+one to the other, and the stately colonnades, where the shadows are so
+cunningly pressed into the decorative scheme, and the vertical lines of
+the columns give emphasis to the horizontality of the whole conception,
+and never for one moment suggest rivalry with the cliffs above.
+
+Excavation, which has done so much for our knowledge of Der el-Bahri,
+has taught us that the originality of the XVIIIth Dynasty architect was
+not quite so absolute as was once imagined, and that he owed at least
+the idea of colonnaded terraces to the great man of the XIth Dynasty,
+Mertisen or another, who designed the pyramid-temple, “Glorious are
+the seats of King Mentuhotep Neb-hepet-Ra,” for his royal master. But
+Senmut was one of those great men who, though they take their blessings
+where they find them, can never be accused of plagiarism, because they
+give back to the world the original idea transfigured and glorified.
+He has made the idea of the terraced courts and colonnades his own,
+while avoiding the heavy central block, which, with its somewhat paltry
+pyramid (if this was ever completed), must have been a contradiction
+to the whole conception of the rest of the building; and his spacious
+courts, with their almost Greek grace of surrounding colonnade, seem
+touched with a spirit which is lacking in the older work.
+
+Mr. Robert Hichens has told us how “after the terrific masculinity of
+Medinet-Abu, after the great freedom of the Ramesseum, and the grandeur
+of its colossus, the temple at Deir-el-Bahari came upon him like a
+delicate woman, perfumed and arranged, clothed in a creation of white
+and blue and orange, standing--ever so knowingly--against a background
+of orange and pink, of red and of brown-red, a smiling coquette of the
+mountain”; and though his idea is quite too fantastically elaborated
+(for the idea of conscious striving after prettiness is the last thing
+one could think of in connection with Der el-Bahri), yet the idea of
+femininity does occur to the mind when the temple is compared with
+other Egyptian work. Hatshepsut had not much of the weak woman about
+her, to all appearance, and Senmut, if his statues are any clue to the
+man, was as rough-hewn and masculine a piece of granite as one might
+encounter; but between them they managed to rear a temple which stands
+alone in Egypt for the feminine quality of grace.
+
+So now we may turn to the story of how this most graceful of Egyptian
+temples, unique in its grace if not in its main idea, and unique also
+in that it is the only temple in Egypt which came into being wholly at
+the bidding of a woman, was rescued from the accumulations of two and a
+half millenniums of neglect and the ravages of religious fanaticism.
+
+Hatshepsut’s temple was first made known to the modern world, as we
+have seen, by MM. Jollois and Devilliers, two of the savants attached
+to Napoleon’s Expedition of 1798. The English traveller Pococke had
+indeed visited the site in 1737; but the thing which chiefly interested
+him was the abundance of mummies, and all that can be learned about
+the temple from his mention of it is that in his day the sanctuary
+was apparently accessible. “Here it seemed,” he says, “as though the
+mountain had been vertically hewn out by the hand of man, and the
+people of the place said that there had once been a passage through it
+into the next valley”--the Valley of the Kings.
+
+What the French explorers saw sixty years later was not a great deal
+more. They traced what they believed to be the bases of a series of
+sphinxes which had formerly formed an avenue, 42 feet wide and 437
+yards long, leading up to the enclosure-wall of the temple, the remains
+of a wall which must have formed part of one of the terraces, what they
+took for the evidence of two flights of steps, leading to the higher
+levels of the building, the central part of the highest platform, and
+the rock-cut sanctuary which Pococke had seen. The rest of the temple
+was completely covered with heaps of sand and rubbish.
+
+The next visitor of importance was the famous Champollion, who, as
+was natural in the first decipherer of the hieroglyphics, was chiefly
+interested in the inscriptions which were visible, especially on the
+granite trilithon portal of the upper platform; and the great scholar
+at once recognised the existence in these of a puzzle which was only
+to be solved later. He read the cartouche of Hatshepsut as that of a
+king Amenenthe; but was surprised to see that all the nouns and verbs
+referring to this unknown king were in the feminine, and that the royal
+builder was addressed by Amen-Ra as “His daughter whom he loves.” He
+imagined the existence of a female ruler Amense, who must have been
+connected by marriage with an unknown Thothmes, and also with the
+unknown Amenenthe, and his solution of the mystery, though his names
+were incorrect, was, after all, not so far from the truth.
+
+Champollion found evidence in the work of the temple of one of his
+favourite theories--that Greek art found its origin in imitation
+of Egyptian work; and here, again, he was only anticipating the
+recognition of the fact that the colonnades of Der el-Bahri approach
+nearer to the style of Greek work than almost any other work in Egypt.
+
+[Illustration: 10. NORTH COLONNADE, DER EL-BAHRI; “PROTO-DORIC”
+COLUMNS.]
+
+Nearly thirty years after the first French explorers, and shortly after
+the visit of Champollion, Wilkinson surveyed the ruins, and apparently
+saw, not only the ramps of approach to the courts, but also one of
+the pillared corridors whose walls were covered with sculptures of
+soldiers carrying boughs and weapons, and with a scene representing
+the dedication of two obelisks to Amen. His reading of the name of the
+builder of the temple, Amunneitgori, or Amun-noohet, was no nearer
+to the truth than that of Champollion, though he saw that the French
+scholar’s unknown Thothmes was no other than Thothmes II.
+
+Lepsius, who evidently saw more of the temple than any of his
+predecessors, was the first to make a real approach to the true reading
+of its builder’s name. His version of the name, “Numt Amen,” was indeed
+an almost correct reading of part of Hatshepsut’s title, Khnum Amen;
+and he conjectured that she was the eldest sister of Thothmes III, who
+occupied the throne during the minority of her brother, but was not
+permitted to rank in the regular lists of the kings of Egypt.
+
+In 1858 the indefatigable Mariette visited the temple, and added it to
+the thirty-six other sites at which he carried on excavations during
+his thirty years of ceaseless toil. He was too busy with other work at
+Qurneh to give to Der el-Bahri the attention which it deserved, and
+his work there was carried on only with a small staff, and for a short
+time, though he worked again at the place in 1862 and 1866. Nor were
+his methods here such as to be helpful to his successors. Working, as
+he did all his lifetime, under the lash, as it were, and with the need
+of getting the largest possible results with the smallest expenditure
+of money and time, it was impossible for him to make his clearances
+thorough and methodical. Indeed, he seriously added to the difficulties
+of subsequent excavators by the fact that instead of removing the
+rubbish of his excavations completely outside the probable limits of
+the temple, he was forced by stress of time and want of money simply
+to dump his waste on the nearest convenient spot within the temple
+area. The consequence was that when Naville came to make the systematic
+clearance of the whole building, he found several of the most important
+chambers completely buried, not only beneath the debris of the
+centuries, but beneath that also which Mariette had heaped on the top
+of everything.
+
+All the same, it was Mariette who, as in so many other instances,
+first revealed to the world the real wonder of Der el-Bahri and the
+surpassing interest of its sculptured halls. His was the first plan to
+give us anything like a true conception of the form of the temple, then
+held to be unique in Egyptian architecture; and though his restoration
+of the details, or rather the restoration of M. Brune, working on his
+material, was incorrect in several points, it was a good deal less so
+than some more pretentious attempts which succeeded it, and at least
+gave an impression intelligible, and in the main not very far from the
+actuality.
+
+It was to this first excavation of Mariette also that we owe what has
+ever since been the most picturesque, and not the least informing,
+of the treasures of Der el-Bahri--the wonderful series of reliefs
+representing the voyage of Hatshepsut’s squadron to Punt, which
+decorates the retaining wall terminating the middle platform of the
+temple. This series of sculptures, one of the priceless treasures
+of New Empire Egyptian art, would of itself be the justification of
+Mariette’s work.
+
+In 1893 the Egypt Exploration Fund took up the great task of completely
+excavating Queen Hatshepsut’s temple, and their work, conducted by
+M. Edouard Naville and a number of assistants, only closed with the
+publication, in 1908, of the sixth folio volume of plates and plans,
+completing, with the introductory memoir, a present-day memorial which
+even the great queen need not have disdained, and which is worthy
+of her fine achievement. By the patient efforts of M. Naville and
+his fellow-workers the long ramps and spacious courts of the temple
+were completely cleared of the rubbish of centuries, their graceful
+colonnades put in a condition of safety, and the priceless coloured
+reliefs roofed over so as to protect them from the ruinous effects of
+the weather, which, even in the period between the work of Mariette
+and that of the Egypt Exploration Fund, had wrought more damage to the
+wonderful series of scenes of the Expedition to Punt than had been done
+by all the centuries of neglect.
+
+Wisely the explorers made no attempt at restoration. Their aim was
+solely one of preservation, and we owe to them the fact that the most
+interesting temple of the XVIIIth Dynasty is now in a condition which
+permits some realisation of its former beauty, and which promises its
+endurance for centuries to come. Thanks to the explorers’ labours, and
+to the complete view of the building which we owe to Mr. Somers Clarke,
+the memorial temple of Egypt’s greatest queen is now as well known in
+all its essential features as almost any structure in the world.
+
+The work at Der el-Bahri, however, only ended in one aspect to begin
+in another. Already in 1879 Mariette, to whose instinct for the
+possibilities of the various Egyptian sites full justice has never
+been done, had declared his belief, founded on his discovery of a
+block of stone bearing the name of King Mentuhotep Neb-hepet-Ra of the
+XIth Dynasty, and of several fragments of columns, that a small temple
+of the XIth Dynasty had once existed not far from Hatshepsut’s great
+temple. In 1903, after the completion of the actual work of excavation
+at the great temple, M. Naville began the excavation of the large
+mounds to the south of the site of his former labours, and with the
+assistance of Dr. H. R. Hall and others, the work was carried on till
+1907, the final volume of results being published in 1913.
+
+[Illustration: 11. RELIEFS, DER EL-BAHRI.]
+
+The work began, as M. Naville tells us, chiefly with the view of
+clearing the XIth Dynasty cemetery which the explorer was convinced lay
+beneath the great mounds of rubbish; but the cemetery soon proved to
+be less, and other objects more, important than had been anticipated.
+Ere long the diggers made out the line of a ramp, running parallel to
+the outer wall of Hatshepsut’s temple, and, following up the traces
+of building which successively revealed themselves, as the mounds,
+often from 15 to 20 feet in height, were cleared away, they at last
+completely unearthed the remains of a building which is as unique
+in the history of Egyptian architecture as Hatshepsut’s temple was
+formerly thought to be. The temple was at an early stage found to
+belong, as Mariette had suggested, to the XIth Dynasty, and to be the
+work of one of the greatest kings of this little-known line of rulers,
+the Mentuhotep Neb-hepet-Ra who has already been mentioned.
+
+It is by no means in such good preservation as its great companion, for
+about the end of the XIXth Dynasty it appears to have been definitely
+abandoned as a temple, and handed over to the tender mercies of the
+masons who used it as a convenient quarry for material. Nothing is now
+standing above 10 feet from the pavement level, and none of the pillars
+are above 7 feet in height. Yet the remains are sufficiently complete
+to allow of the understanding of the appearance which the whole must
+have presented in the days when Hatshepsut’s architect took its
+platform and colonnades as the inspiration of the great work on which
+he was engaged at its side.
+
+At the end of a spacious enclosure, bounded by a double temenos wall of
+which the outer member was of brick and the inner of limestone, a broad
+ramp, sloping somewhat steeply, rose to the level of a rectangular
+platform. The retaining wall of the platform was faced, as in the
+later temple, with a colonnade consisting of a double row of pillars
+square on plan. The platform itself was surrounded by a double range
+of similar square pillars, which was roofed over, and made a kind of
+veranda completely enclosing the central mass of the temple. In the
+centre of this colonnade, a door, curiously narrow and paltry for so
+fine a building (it is only 3 feet wide), gave access to an almost
+square hypostyle hall, whose roof was supported by a perfect forest
+of octagonal columns ranged on three sides in three rows, and on the
+fourth, at the back of the hall, in two. In the centre of this hall,
+and probably with a narrow open space between it and the innermost row
+of columns, rose the unique feature of the temple--a rectangular mass
+of rubble faced with hewn stone, and surmounted by a pyramid of similar
+materials. Behind the pyramid, and against the wall which separated
+the pyramid-court from the rear portion of the temple, were several
+shrines, corresponding to certain tombs in the court beyond.
+
+Passing through another granite doorway, of the same meagre proportions
+as the one in the front of the hall, the visitor entered an open
+court surrounded by a colonnade of octagonal columns, two deep on the
+southern side, but single on the east and west. In the midst of this
+court the mouth of a sloping passage, which descended for 150 metres
+to the rock-hewn sanctuary, lined with granite and furnished with an
+alabaster shrine, where the _Ka_ of King Mentuhotep was worshipped,
+formed a strange and impressive feature. Beyond the open court stood
+another hypostyle hall, with eight rows of octagonal columns, ten deep,
+and, last of all, a passage, bounded by two walls which reached from
+the seventh of the two central rows of columns in the hall, led to a
+tiny sanctuary hewn out of the cliff behind the temple.
+
+Such was the temple of Mentuhotep as excavation has revealed it
+to us--undoubtedly a most interesting memorial of Middle Kingdom
+architecture, and most important as being by far the most complete
+example which has survived of the work of that period. Probably we
+should have thought the dominant feature of the building, the central
+pyramid, rather an incongruity than otherwise, and evidently Senmut,
+when he came to his great task six hundred years later, thought so
+too, for he adopted the ideas of his predecessor in other respects,
+but discarded what seems to us the clumsy pyramid block altogether.
+One thing, however, Senmut could not do. He could not secure for
+his splendid design anything like the fineness of masonry which
+Mentuhotep’s architect had been able to compass in the older temple.
+The XVIIIth Dynasty builders, clever though they were in many respects,
+left poor work behind them compared with the magnificent masonry of the
+XIth Dynasty men.
+
+One of the most interesting features of the older building was found
+in the six shrines which have been already mentioned. They belonged
+to certain princesses, Aashait, Sadhe, Kauit, Kemsit, and Henhenit,
+with one unnamed, who were also priestesses. These shrines were in
+connection with the tombs of the ladies in question, who were buried
+within the temple.
+
+The building had been completed before either the tombs or the shrines
+were inserted; and the inference has been drawn that these were the
+ladies of the harem who were chosen for the honour of accompanying
+King Mentuhotep on his voyage through the Underworld to the regions of
+the blessed--in other words, who were killed at his funeral so that he
+should not lack company in the world of the dead. The survival to so
+late a period of this barbarous custom is not proved, though it has
+been suggested that it continued even as late as the middle of the
+XVIIIth Dynasty; but at all events the shrines of the princesses have
+furnished us with some fine examples of the work of the little-known
+XIth Dynasty.
+
+In the extreme north corner of the temple, Thothmes III intruded
+another shrine to the goddess Hathor, which was discovered during the
+progress of the excavations in February, 1906, and has provided us with
+one of the most admirable examples extant of Egyptian sculpture. The
+shrine is a small chamber, 10 feet long and 8 feet high, hewn in the
+rock and lined with sandstone. The slabs are sculptured with religious
+scenes in which Thothmes III makes offerings to Hathor. The goddess
+herself stood in the centre of the shrine in the shape of a life-sized
+figure of a cow, suckling a kneeling figure of a king, while another
+royal figure stands in front under her head. The name of Amenhotep II
+is attached to these figures; but the probability is that they were
+meant to represent Thothmes III, who dedicated the chapel, and that all
+that Amenhotep II had to do with the act of piety was the engraving of
+his cartouche on his father’s work. The Hathor cow of Der el-Bahri is
+quite one of the masterpieces of New Empire art, quite eclipsing the
+famous example of the same figure which has come from the Saite period
+and has hitherto been esteemed one of the finest specimens of Egyptian
+animal sculpture. “Neither Greece nor Rome,” says Maspero of the Der
+el-Bahri cow, “has left us anything that can be compared with it; we
+must go to the great sculptors of animals of our own day to find an
+equally realistic piece of work.” Indeed the Hathor cow and the two
+lions of Amenhotep III and Tutankhamen, now in the British Museum,
+might be safely taken as the pieces on which Egyptian sculpture might
+elect to stand as an interpreter of animal figure.
+
+Such, then, have been the main results of excavation on a single
+Egyptian site; surely enough to afford ample justification of the
+expenditure of time and money and labour which has been involved. Two
+great temples have been given back to the knowledge of the world--one
+of them, it is true, from a period otherwise fairly well known, the
+other from a period which was hitherto almost a blank. Even in the case
+of the later temple, where the results contained no surprises, and
+only extended our already existing knowledge, the contribution of this
+site to our estimate of Egyptian art was of surpassing value; while
+Mentuhotep’s temple has filled a gap at one of the points where further
+knowledge of Egyptian history and art was most to be desired.
+
+There have been no marvels of buried treasure to gild the pages of
+the story of excavation at Der el-Bahri; but there has been a solid
+addition to the sum of human knowledge of the past. At a score of
+other sites, work similar to that which has just been described has
+been continually going on during the last thirty years. Mariette’s
+beginnings of clearance at sites such as Edfu, Esneh, Denderah, and
+Abydos have been followed by work whose thoroughness has been such as
+Mariette, from the nature of the case, could never have accomplished.
+To tell the story of excavation, even in the most meagre outline, would
+take a volume instead of a chapter, and Der el-Bahri must suffice as a
+typical example of the kind of work which has been done all up and down
+the land of Egypt.
+
+Reference must be made, however, to one piece of work, associated,
+curiously enough, also with the name of the explorer of Der el-Bahri,
+which has a unique interest of its own. This is the discovery of the
+Pool of Osiris, which, as Strabo told us, lay beneath the great temple,
+or, as he called it, the Memnonium, at Abydos. In 1914 M. Naville,
+following up the work of Miss M. A. Murray and Professor Petrie in
+1902–3, found a great underground chamber, 100 feet by 60 feet,
+constructed of huge blocks of limestone, cased inside with hard red
+sandstone. The pillars, the architraves, and the roofing-blocks of the
+aisles of this chamber were all of fine granite, without adornment or
+inscription, and in fact resembled almost exactly the similar work in
+the so-called “Temple of the Sphinx” at Gizeh, with this difference,
+that whereas the granite pillars of the Temple of the Sphinx are 3
+feet square, those of the chamber at Abydos are 8½ feet square. The
+wonder of the building, however, was its arrangement. In the centre
+of the chamber stood two rows of these great granite monoliths, each
+row consisting of five pillars. Around the central block of masonry on
+which these pillars rested, ran a deep channel, which had manifestly
+once been filled with water, so as to render the central block an
+island.
+
+Around this channel runs a ledge of stonework about 3 feet wide, and
+from this ledge access is given to a set of seventeen cells each about
+6 feet square and 6 feet high.
+
+Manifestly this extraordinary building is Strabo’s “well,” which, as
+he tells us, was below the temple, and was built like the Labyrinth,
+only on a smaller scale, with passages covered by a single stone. What
+may have been its use it is as yet impossible to say. The water channel
+and the ledge round it suggest that the boat of Osiris may have been
+towed around the pool by his priests on the great feast-days, or when
+the Passion Play of Abydos, representing the death and resurrection
+of Osiris, was being celebrated. Two things alone seem certain, the
+first, the identity of the chamber with the pool described by the old
+geographer, and the second, that we have here one of the most ancient
+sacred buildings in Egypt.
+
+Other parts of the structure are the work of the XIXth Dynasty,
+which did so much at Abydos, and bear the cartouche of Merenptah and
+representations of this king worshipping the gods; but the chamber of
+the pool is another matter. Its construction is of such a character
+as to refer it at once to a very much earlier date; and there can be
+little doubt that the resemblance to the Temple of the Sphinx is only
+the evidence of the fact that the two buildings are of the same period,
+and that the Pool of Osiris is the earliest Egyptian building of any
+size known, apart from the pyramids.
+
+The magnificence of its masonry shows how far the Egyptians of this
+early period had already carried the system of construction which they
+were to use to such splendid purpose in the great temples of the land.
+Never again, however, even in the great days of New Empire building,
+did they put together such a piece of sumptuous massiveness as the
+underground chamber of Osiris at Abydos.
+
+Another aspect of work among the temples must be referred to, as being,
+in its own way, not less important than the rescuing of the actual
+structures from obscurity and neglect; and that is the interpretation
+of the work thus rescued, the tracing of its history, and the
+disentangling of the various periods of building which are represented,
+and the different hands which have been at work in the completion of
+a building whose history as a growing organism may stretch through
+centuries, and involve the activities of half a dozen dynasties.
+
+[Illustration: 12. KARNAK, AVENUE OF SPHINXES.]
+
+To make the temples intelligible is a matter scarcely less important
+than to make them visible, and it has involved scarcely less effort.
+Even after all that has been accomplished in this direction, a great
+Egyptian temple such as Karnak remains a sufficiently complicated
+business to bewilder the ordinary sight-seer and make him turn with
+relief to the clarity of Greek architecture; but at least it is now
+possible to arrive at something like an understanding of how the vast
+bulk of Karnak grew, century after century, to what we now see, and to
+realise a little of the romance of history which is involved in the
+succession of Pharaohs who have laboured to make great and splendid the
+holy and beautiful house of Amen in Thebes.
+
+Let us turn, then, to Karnak, and try to see a little of what modern
+work has done in the direction of making this vastest of extant
+Egyptian temples intelligible. A century ago, Belzoni wandered round
+the ruins of the great temple, his mind filled with vague dreams of
+Memnon, Osymandias, and Psammethes, perhaps as appreciative of the
+wonder of what he saw as the most enlightened of his successors, but
+absolutely in the dark as to the significance of what he saw, or the
+history of how the great building had been reared; to-day the story of
+Karnak is practically as well understood as that of one of our European
+cathedrals, and anyone who likes to take the trouble may trace out
+the evidence of its age-long growth. Indeed it is difficult for the
+modern to realise how lengthy is the story which unfolds itself in the
+sculptured stones of the great temple. We think with something like
+awe of the long process which reared some of our cathedrals, and which
+may, perhaps, have lasted for a century, or perhaps, in an extreme
+case, for two; but Karnak was a growing organism for a period of time
+more than twice as long, not only as any of our cathedrals took in the
+building, but twice as long as any of them have been standing. Towards
+the eastern end of the vast complex of Karnak there are still to be
+seen the scanty relics of the earliest builders of the temple of whom
+we have any knowledge--the Middle Kingdom Pharaohs, who began their
+work at Karnak certainly not much later than 2000 B.C. On the western
+face of the great temple is the Pylon of the Ptolemies, whose dynasty
+only closed with the subjection of Egypt to Roman rule in 30 B.C.
+Karnak, in other words, was building for a period which was certainly
+not less than seventeen hundred years, and which may have been almost
+two thousand! Such a consideration makes our ideas as to duration seem
+very small indeed.
+
+Nor has the work been less complicated than it has been lengthy.
+Practically every Pharaoh worth naming has left his mark on the great
+building in some form or another, and often the work of the reigning
+king was done without the slightest regard to that of his forerunners;
+sometimes, indeed, with the deliberate design of obscuring it and
+blotting out its memory. Consequently the task of disentangling the
+story of Karnak has been no easy one. It has been like the reading
+of a manuscript where interpolations of different writers, dealing
+with different matters, continually break the thread of the main
+narrative, and where, to add to the confusion, part of the writing is a
+palimpsest, written over the faded script of an earlier author. Along
+with the difficulty of interpreting the story of the various buildings
+has gone that of preserving them from destruction.
+
+One of the curious facts about Egyptian building is that, for a race
+of master-builders such as they showed themselves to be, they were
+strangely, even culpably careless about their foundations. If the
+mighty halls which they reared had been built on such foundations
+as modern builders would insist on for even much less important
+structures, there seems no reason why, short of deliberate destruction
+by the hand of man, the Egyptian temples should not stand practically
+for ever. But the Egyptian architect was content to pile walls and
+colonnades which are the wonder of the world on the most flimsy
+foundations, and his work is in most cases literally a house built on
+the sand.
+
+The wonder is, not that there have been occasional collapses, but
+that the buildings have stood so long as they have; indeed nothing
+but their sheer mass and weight has enabled them to endure. Even so,
+earth-tremors, and the constant and insidious work of infiltration,
+have worked havoc on the badly founded buildings, and were it not
+for the constant care devoted to them, and the work of practically
+refounding them which has been carried out, the great halls of Karnak
+would ere long be only masses of tumbled ruin. There is nothing
+dramatic about the work of either the interpreter or the preserver;
+neither can point, in general, to any treasure-trove which has resulted
+from his efforts, though occasionally, as notably in connection with
+the work of M. Legrain at Karnak, the work of preservation has resulted
+in the unearthing of a mass of the most wonderful ancient statuary.
+But we owe the double fact that Karnak stands to-day and is likely to
+stand for centuries to come, and that its vast complex of building is
+intelligible, to many years of quiet and unobtrusive work on the part
+of scholars and architects.
+
+In the great days of Egypt’s glory under the New Empire, Thebes must
+have been one of the wonder-cities of the world, and one of the fairest
+sights on which the sun ever shone. It may be that Babylon, in the
+short-lived glory of the Neo-Babylonian Empire of Nebuchadnezzar,
+was vaster in extent, and the German excavations have taught us how
+gorgeous were some of the great buildings of the city, with their
+facings of enamelled brick and their wealth of colour; but it may be
+questioned if even Babylon could show anything to match the solemn
+splendour of Karnak or Luxor, and beside the ordered sumptuousness
+of the huge Egyptian temples, with their wonders of megalithic
+construction, one imagines that Babylon’s glories would have seemed
+rather cheap and tawdry. And of all the glories of Thebes, Karnak was
+the centre and crown.
+
+Petrie tells us that the pitiful remains of the Labyrinth, the great
+temple of Amenemhat III of the XIIth Dynasty, show that it was big
+enough to hold all the temples of Karnak and Luxor put together; but
+the imagination is scarcely capable of trying to comprehend the extent
+of such a building, and Karnak is quite big enough for most people.
+The actual area of its buildings is about equal to that of St. Peter’s
+(Rome), Milan, and Nôtre Dame (Paris); while the sacred enclosure, the
+Cathedral Close, so to speak, would hold another half-dozen of the
+biggest cathedrals of Europe, without crowding them unduly.
+
+Let us try to imagine ourselves visiting the great temple in the days
+when it had reached its greatest extent, though, by that time, the
+glory of Thebes had in great measure departed. Still the building,
+as we now see it, was practically completed only in the days of the
+Ptolemies, and no survey of it would be adequate without including
+their work. Unfortunately in taking the temple in the natural order of
+approach, by its west front, so to speak, we reverse almost exactly
+the order of its building, which was, generally speaking, from east
+to west. Yet the history of the building is sufficiently intelligible
+even when thus taken in reverse order, and though there are other
+approaches to Karnak, and the approach by either the Eastern or the
+Western Avenue of Sphinxes must have been very impressive, yet the main
+front of the temple must always have been that which faced the Nile, in
+the termination of the axis of the whole structure. No doubt also the
+Egyptian Kings, with their fondness for using their great river as the
+scene of ceremonial processions, used the western front of the temple
+for their visits to the shrine of Amen.
+
+We land, then, at a quay of hewn stone, adorned with two small obelisks
+of Sety II of the XIXth Dynasty, and with two statues of couchant
+lions. Passing down a short and gentle slope, we move along a broad
+paved way between rows of couchant ram-headed sphinxes, which were
+placed here by Ramses II. The path extends for 200 feet, and leads up
+to the vastest portal to be found even in this land of vast portals.
+This is the First Pylon of Karnak--first in point of approach, but last
+in point of erection, for it is the work of the Ptolemaic Pharaohs who
+grasped the sceptre of Egypt after the death of Alexander the Great;
+and indeed, as you can see, the work is not yet complete. Building is
+still going on, and the ramps of crude brick by which the great stones
+are dragged up to their positions are still heaped against the walls,
+where they will continue to stand for more than two thousand years.
+
+The pylon itself is gigantic. The breadth of the west front of St.
+Paul’s, the greatest building familiar to English minds, is 179 feet,
+and its height, to the top of the statue of St. Paul on the pediment,
+is 135 feet. The Pylon of the Ptolemies measures 370 feet in breadth,
+or rather more than double St. Paul’s, while its height is 142½ feet,
+so that it overtops St. Paul’s head by 7½ feet. In addition its walls
+are 49 feet thick. No mightier approach to a temple was ever devised.
+
+Passing through this great gateway we find ourselves in an open court
+whose dimensions are worthy of the portal which gave access to it. From
+the gateway where you stand to the scarcely less imposing pylon of
+Ramses I, which faces you across the open space, this court measures
+275 feet, while its breadth is 338 feet. The area of St. Paul’s is
+84,000 square feet, so that this single court of Karnak exceeds our
+great cathedral in area by 8000 square feet. Around its walls runs a
+colonnade of single columns. In the north corner of the court there
+stands a little grey sandstone temple, divided into three chapels,
+which are dedicated to Amen, Mut, and Khonsu, the members of the Theban
+Triad. The southern colonnade is broken by the intruding front of a
+larger temple. This is the temple of Ramses III, the last of the great
+warrior kings of Egypt, who saved the land, in the degenerate days of
+the XXth Dynasty, from being overrun and ravaged by the raid of the
+Sea-Peoples. His temple, though very modest in size (it measures only
+170 feet in length), is important as giving one of the most perfect
+examples extant of a complete Egyptian temple, built from start to
+finish by one monarch, and on a straightforward and homogeneous plan.
+
+The great court which has taken these two lesser buildings into its
+sweep was the work of the Libyan Pharaohs of the XXIInd Dynasty, who
+held their court at Bubastis, and is therefore often called the Court
+of the Bubastites. The temple of Ramses III was cleared of rubbish in
+1896–7 by M. Legrain, in the course of his great work at Karnak. Down
+the central avenue of the Bubastite court the Ethiopian Pharaohs of
+the XXVth Dynasty began the erection of a colonnade whose purpose has
+not been quite determined. As they left it, it consisted of a double
+range of huge columns, five in each row. Of the ten, only one solitary
+survivor now stands, and is known as the Column of Taharqa, after the
+Ethiopian king who was responsible for its erection, and for some of
+the sorest disasters of Egypt in her declining days. It was Taharqa
+and his successor Tanutamen who brought down upon Egypt the wrath of
+the Assyrian conqueror, Ashurbanipal, whose ruthless soldiery by the
+sack of Thebes dealt the imperial city a blow from which she never
+recovered. Taharqa’s column stands as the memorial of a man who “began
+to build, and was not able to finish” in more senses than one.
+
+Leaving the court for a moment by the portal in the south-east corner,
+we find on the wall of the second pylon one of the most interesting
+records of the temple. This is the inscription in which Sheshanq, one
+of the Libyan Pharaohs, records the triumph of that campaign in Syria
+in the course of which he humbled the pride of Rehoboam of Judah, and
+robbed Solomon’s temple of all the riches which the wise king had
+accumulated. In Sheshanq’s relief a gigantic figure of Amen leads up
+before the now vanished figure of the king five rows of captive towns
+of Palestine, each represented by a circular wall enclosing its name,
+from which emerges the upper part of a bound prisoner.
+
+[Illustration: 13. KARNAK, NAVE OF HYPOSTYLE HALL.]
+
+Before us, as we return to the great court, rises the second pylon, the
+work of Ramses I, the founder of the XIXth Dynasty. Scarcely any part
+of the temple is more eloquent of the jumble of times, and kings, and
+even faiths, which goes to make up Karnak, than the neighbourhood of
+this pylon. The great gateway itself is of Ramses I; but its materials
+had their own story before he built them into his new approach to the
+temple of Amen, and had served another god; for some of the blocks of
+the pylon once belonged to one of the heretical temples of Akhenaten,
+and bear his name and those of his successors, Tutankhamen and Ay. The
+little vestibule before the pylon is flanked by statues of Ramses II;
+but within the doorway are found the cartouches of Ramses I and Sety
+II, as well as that of Ramses II, while part of the vestibule is the
+work of two of the Ptolemies. Thus in this little space the work of no
+fewer than eight Pharaohs, covering a period of more than a thousand
+years, is represented.
+
+The gateway of Ramses I gives access to what is perhaps the most
+remarkable, though by no means the most beautiful, of the halls of
+Karnak. The Hypostyle Hall, one of the hugest of human creations, was,
+like so much else at Karnak, the work of several sovereigns, though
+in this case the completion of the building was not so very long
+protracted as in some other instances. The hall was begun by Ramses
+I, whose short reign of two years only enabled him to see the work
+started. The greater part of the hall as we now see it is the work of
+Sety I, one of the finest of Egyptian Pharaohs, whose work everywhere
+is in accordance with the nobility of his face as it can be seen at
+Cairo.
+
+Sety carried out the erection of what is by far the most imposing
+feature of the hall, the nave, with its double row of gigantic
+open-flower columns, the largest in existence. Each of the twelve
+tremendous columns is 69 feet in height and 33 feet in circumference,
+while the spreading capitals, 11 feet in height, have an area large
+enough for one hundred men to stand upon. Imagine twelve versions of
+the Trajan Column at Rome, or the Vendôme Column at Paris, facing
+one another in two rows and supporting gigantic architraves of sixty
+to a hundred tons in weight, which in their turn support the great
+roofing-slabs. These form the central avenue of the great hall. On
+either side of them the papyrus-bud columns of the two side aisles rise
+to a height of 42½ feet. The rows nearest to the central avenue on
+either side bear above their architraves rectangular pillars which make
+up the difference between the height of the side columns and those of
+the centre, and which bear the extremities of the roof of the nave with
+its cornice. On the lower level of the side pillars, the roof of the
+hall continues over the rest of the area, supported by a forest of one
+hundred and twenty-two columns.
+
+Sety I is responsible for the whole of the northern half of the hall,
+as well as for the central avenue, so that the southern portion of the
+building is all that Ramses II can claim as his work, if indeed even
+this part was not erected by his father, and only sculptured by him.
+Ramses II, however, had the knack of securing to himself the glory
+of work which was done by other men, and to most people the great
+Hypostyle Hall of Karnak is his work, though he had really very little
+to do with it.
+
+The architectural merits of the huge building are undoubted, up to a
+certain point; but its faults are equally unquestionable. Mere size
+tells here, as indeed it almost always does, unless its impression
+is spoilt by sheer incapacity. There can be no question of the
+impressiveness of the great building. The central avenue, with its
+soaring columns, and its grated clerestory rising above the roofs
+of the side-aisles, is the prototype of all subsequent cathedral
+architecture. But the side-aisles do not add to the dignity of the
+great chamber. Their forest of squat, shapeless columns, instead of
+being impressive, is only bewildering. Here, very certainly, you cannot
+see the wood for the trees, and the spaciousness of the hall is quite
+destroyed by the multitude of the supports of its roof. “The size that
+strikes us,” says Professor Petrie, “is not the grandeur of strength,
+but the bulkiness of disease.”
+
+The outer walls of the great hall are sculptured with reliefs
+representing the wars of its two creators. The north wall bears a fine
+series of scenes, covering over 200 feet of surface, in which the wars
+of Sety I are depicted with great spirit. In some later instances such
+war-reliefs are merely wearisome; but these of Sety are both vivacious
+and well-executed, and such scenes as that of the king smiting
+the Libyans are among the best examples of work in this kind, and
+infinitely superior to the pretentious work of his son. The southern
+wall has reliefs of Ramses II, his eternal Battle of Kadesh, which
+he could never forget, or allow anyone else to forget, a copy of the
+treaty of peace with the Hittites, and the so-called Poem of Pentaur,
+in which the king’s valour at Kadesh is celebrated.
+
+Behind the Hypostyle Hall comes the IIIrd Pylon, which was reared
+by the most magnificent, if not the greatest, of Egyptian Pharaohs,
+the gorgeous Amenhotep III, in whose glittering reign the glories of
+the New Empire seemed to culminate, before the shadows of his son’s
+ill-starred attempt at religious reform dimmed their splendour. When
+Thebes was at the height of its fame, and when all the kings of the
+ancient east were sending their ambassadors to the great city to fall
+“seven times and seven times” in the dust before the golden sandals of
+the man who was God visible on earth to a great part of the ancient
+world, this third pylon was the main front of the great Theban temple,
+which then occupied not much more than half the space which it now
+covers. Its western face was used by Sety as the back wall of the
+Hypostyle Hall; but on the northern tower on the eastern side can still
+be seen the faint remains of a great scene in which a royal procession
+on the Nile in honour of Amen is depicted. One great ship over 40
+feet long has the king standing on the poop, and cabins with cornices
+amidships. Thirty or forty rowers urge it along, and it tows behind it
+the sacred barge of Amen, which bears in a shrine a small processional
+bark of the god, and at the bow a sphinx and an altar.
+
+[Illustration: 14. KARNAK, COLUMNS OF THE SIDE-AISLE, HYPOSTYLE HALL.]
+
+Besides his pylon, Amenhotep wrought a vast amount of work at Karnak;
+but it was not, like that of Sety and Ramses, concentrated in a single
+great structure, but dispersed in various parts of the sacred
+enclosure, and so does not produce the same effect. To see the work of
+Amenhotep on a scale worthy of his importance in the line of Egyptian
+Pharaohs, you have to go to Luxor with its fine papyrus-bud forecourt,
+and its noble nave, which, had it been finished, would have almost
+rivalled the Hypostyle Hall of the later kings in size and exceeded it
+in beauty; or to try to think back the vanished glories of what was
+probably the most gorgeous and beautiful of all the Theban temples--the
+Funerary temple of Amenhotep, which was destroyed, not by the Assyrian
+conqueror, but by the royal vandals of the XIXth Dynasty, Ramses II and
+his son Merenptah.
+
+All the same, Amenhotep accomplished no small amount of work, in one
+way and another, within the enclosure of Karnak. Just beyond the
+girdle-wall of the great temple on the north side, he built a temple to
+Mentu, the Theban War-God, with a pylon, and obelisks of red granite.
+This temple once contained statues in black granite of the king, and of
+the goddess Sekhmet, towards whom he evidently cherished a feeling of
+deep devotion, if we may judge by the number of statues to her which he
+dedicated in the temple of Mut.
+
+The temple of Mentu shared the usual fate of Amenhotep’s work, and
+was meddled with by Merenptah, Ramses V, and at least four of the
+Ptolemies, a fair specimen of the fashion in which the history of
+Karnak is complicated by the multitude of superimposed strata, or
+rather of interwoven strands, with which you have to do.
+
+On the south side, and just at the girdle-wall, stands the beautiful
+temple of Khonsu (the son of the Theban Triad), one of the finest
+examples of a complete Egyptian temple of normal form. This is not
+the work of Amenhotep, but of Ramses III; but apparently an earlier
+temple of Amenhotep must have once occupied the site, for the king set
+up before the gateway a noble avenue of one hundred and twenty-two
+sandstone sphinxes bearing his name. Beyond the wall, and approached
+by the eastern avenue of sphinxes, lies another of Amenhotep’s
+contributions to the glories of Karnak--the temple of Mut, the
+mother-goddess of the Theban Triad, which was excavated in 1895–7 by
+two English ladies, Miss Margaret Benson and Miss Janet Gourlay. It is
+full of Sekhmet statues, and behind it lies a sacred lake, shaped like
+a horse-shoe.
+
+But the following out of the work of Amenhotep has drawn us away from
+our main quest, the tracing of the story of Karnak proper. Returning
+to the great temple by the eastern avenue of sphinxes, we pass the
+girdle-wall by a pylon built by Horemheb out of the material of a
+temple which the unfortunate Akhenaten had reared in Thebes to his
+new deity the Aten. Beside the pylon stands a stele inscribed with a
+manifesto of Horemheb, which was designed to promote peace in the state
+after the religious troubles of Akhenaten’s times. The square court
+behind the pylon has on its east side the ruins of a small temple of
+Amenhotep II, and the walls of the court have reliefs of Horemheb.
+Another pylon of Horemheb, in a very ruinous condition, closes the
+court on the north side, and passing through it we are faced by one
+of the most ancient parts of the whole building, the pylon of Queen
+Hatshepsut. The pylon bears witness both to what Professor Breasted
+calls “the Feud of the Thutmosids,” and to the religious strifes of
+the XVIIIth Dynasty, for Hatshepsut’s name was erased from her reliefs
+by Thothmes II, and all allusions to Amen were scrupulously removed by
+Akhenaten, and restored by Sety I. Behind Hatshepsut’s pylon we pass a
+pylon of Thothmes III, her successor and enemy, and traversing a court
+whose walls bear inscriptions of Merenptah, the son and successor of
+Ramses II, in which he describes his victories over the Libyans and the
+Peoples of the Mediterranean, we find ourselves back at the point from
+which our digression started, in the central court behind the great
+pylon of Amenhotep III. Here was the western front of the temple in the
+days of Thothmes I, and here still stands the solitary remaining member
+of the quartette of obelisks with which this king and Thothmes III
+adorned the front of the pylon which now lies in ruins behind them. The
+obelisks of the later king are both gone--the survivor of the pair of
+Thothmes I is a fine shaft, 75½ feet high.
+
+Behind his pylon, and between it and a smaller one which he erected to
+the east, Thothmes reared a fine ceremonial hall with roof and columns
+of cedar wood; but his work was not permitted to endure for long.
+It was within this hall that the priests of Amen arranged a little
+piece of play-acting in which the god Amen declared his preference
+for Thothmes III as king, and it was perhaps this unpalatable fact
+which determined Queen Hatshepsut to make it the scene of a piece of
+vandalism which was to redound to her own glory. Anyhow, as the time
+for the celebration of her jubilee drew near, she sent her architect,
+Senmut, up to Aswan to bring down two great shafts of granite for
+her jubilee obelisks, and when the tremendous blocks, 97½ feet high,
+arrived, she stripped off the roof from part of her father’s hall and
+set them up there. Apart from the filial piety of such an act, the
+obelisks were things of which she might justly be proud.
+
+With the single exception of the stone, the work of her deadly enemy
+Thothmes III, which now stands before St. John Lateran in Rome, and
+which is 8 feet higher than its rival, the shaft of Hatshepsut, which
+still remains erect at Karnak, is the largest obelisk existing, and is
+more than 20 feet higher than the so-called “Cleopatra’s Needle,” which
+represents to Londoners, as its twin does to the folk of New York, the
+skill of ancient Egypt.
+
+[Illustration: 15. KARNAK, VIEW FROM THE NORTH, OBELISKS OF HATSHEPSUT,
+AND THOTHMES I.]
+
+Hatshepsut was so proud of her achievement that she caused the shafts
+to be engraved with an inscription in which she swears, “As Ra loves
+me, as my father Amen favours me ... as I shall be unto eternity like
+an Imperishable, as I shall go down in the west like Atum, so surely
+these two great obelisks which My Majesty hath wrought with electrum
+for my father, Amen, in order that my name may abide in his temple,
+enduring for ever and ever, they are of one block of enduring granite,
+without seam or joining.” She goes on to say, what is still more
+surprising, that the time occupied in the extraction and transportation
+of the mighty shafts was seven months!
+
+When Thothmes III came to the throne, he showed his love for his
+distinguished relative by casing her obelisks to a height of 82 feet
+with sandstone, so that her inscriptions might not be read. As rulers,
+the Pharaohs of the XVIIIth Dynasty, male or female, stand in the very
+front rank; they cannot be said to have shone as exponents of family
+affection.
+
+To the east of his second pylon, Thothmes I had another court, which
+was altered and added to by Thothmes III, who built also a small pylon
+in front of his Halls of Records, which come next in the great complex
+of building, jostling the apartments of Hatshepsut, which stand beside
+them. In the First Hall of Records stand the two pillars which strike
+everyone who sees them as one of the beauties of Karnak, and examples
+of a type not common in Egyptian work. They are of granite, the
+southern one carved with the Lotus of Upper Egypt, the northern with
+the Papyrus of Lower Egypt. The Second Hall was turned into the chapel
+of the temple, in which the sacred bark was kept, by Philip Arrhidæus,
+at the beginning of the Ptolemaic dominion, so that one of the oldest
+and one of the newest parts of the building are here united.
+
+In the open space behind the chapel lie the scanty remains of the
+earliest Karnak known to us--that of the XIIth Dynasty. A few broken
+polygonal columns suggest a kinship in style, for the earliest parts
+of the great temple, with the work of the XIth Dynasty at Der el-Bahri;
+but it is impossible to say with the least approach to certainty what
+the first temple may have looked like. East again of these remnants
+comes the last important part of the vast building--the great Festal
+Temple of Thothmes III, with its fine Hall, 144 feet by 52 feet, and
+its eastern sanctuary and complex of store-chambers.
+
+The Festal Hall presents a feature unique in Egyptian Architecture.
+Its colonnade consists of thirty-two rectangular piers ranged round
+the sides, while down the centre of the hall run two rows of ten round
+columns, not spaced with the piers, and of extraordinary shape. Instead
+of tapering from the base to the top, their taper runs the opposite
+way, and their capitals are inverted, and present the appearance of
+a bell standing on its mouth. The downwards tapering column is, of
+course, a familiar feature in Minoan architectural practice, and it is
+within the bounds of possibility that Thothmes’ columns are an Egyptian
+adaptation of a Minoan motive, for, as the tombs of Senmut and Rekhmara
+show, Minoan influence was at its height in the middle of the XVIIIth
+Dynasty, and intercourse between Crete and Egypt was frequent. Whether
+Thothmes owed the idea to some Minoan suggestion or not, it never
+established itself in Egypt. In Crete, with its regular use of wooden
+pillars resting on stone bases, the downward taper was quite natural;
+in Egypt, with a prevalent stone construction, it was an exotic, and
+could show no reason for its existence, and it was never repeated.
+One cannot say that its disappearance was any great loss to Egyptian
+architecture, for the effect of the inversion is singularly clumsy.
+
+We have thus traced the story of Karnak as one traverses the great
+temple from front to rear, and the bewildering complexity of the
+building is reflected in the variegated fabric of the narrative. To
+call Karnak, as is often done, “the typical temple of the Egyptian
+Empire,” is to create an entire misapprehension in the mind of anyone
+who hears such a phrase used. Karnak is anything but a typical temple;
+indeed it is not a temple, but rather an aggregate of many temples,
+and above everything else an epitome of Egyptian history for at least
+a millennium and a half. One would not even seek it for typical
+representatives of Egyptian architecture. Karnak, in this respect,
+possesses its beauties--and its monstrosities; but one would look
+rather to smaller specimens of the builder’s art for an adequate
+representation of Egyptian achievement in this respect.
+
+The great temple claims, and will always claim, our attention and
+wonder, by its sheer vastness, to begin with, for undoubtedly vastness
+has its own effect, though it is not the highest, in the elements
+of architectural impressiveness; then by the extraordinary way in
+which it presents a summary in stone of the vicissitudes of Egyptian
+history; last, and perhaps least, by the surprising quality, and in
+some instances the beauty, of some of its detail. The main element in
+its appeal will always be wonder; admiration, and even that qualified
+by many reservations, is a bad second to the impression of simple
+amazement, that human hands and brains should have ever wrought so vast
+a thing.
+
+The preservation of the temple is, and will continue to be, a work
+almost as great, and as difficult, as its erection. It lies in the
+hands of the Egyptian Service of Antiquities, and is a task as unending
+as the web of Penelope. Generally speaking, such work is of the kind
+which has to be its own reward, for it makes no appeal to the average
+visitor, who only sees that his enjoyment of this court or that is
+more or less hindered by the progress of work whose one merit is that
+it will keep safe for future generations priceless treasures which
+otherwise would ere long pass away. Sometimes, however, the work does
+bring other prizes in its train.
+
+[Illustration: 16. LUXOR, FORECOURT OF AMENHOTEP III.]
+
+Such was the case when, in November, 1903, M. Legrain, in the course
+of his work near the pylon of Thothmes III by which we returned to
+the central court after our digression to the south, found what has
+since been known as “the Karnak Cachette,” a great pit full of pieces
+of sculpture of all types and periods. “For a year and eight months,”
+wrote Maspero in February, 1905, “we have been fishing for statues in
+the Temple of Karnak.... Seven hundred stone monuments have already
+come out of the water, and we are not yet at the end.... Statues whole
+and in fragments, busts, mutilated trunks, headless bodies, bodiless
+heads, vases on which there were only broken feet, Pharaohs enthroned,
+queens standing upright, priests of Amon and individuals holding
+naos, or images of gods, in front of them, crouching, kneeling,
+sitting, found in all the attitudes of their profession or rank, in
+limestone, in black or pink granite, in yellow or red sandstone, in
+green breccia, in schist, in alabaster--indeed, a whole population
+returns to the upper air and demands shelter in the galleries of the
+Museum.”
+
+The reason for the existence of this extraordinary dump of discarded
+sculpture, whose richness Maspero’s vivacious sentences do not in the
+least exaggerate, and which gave us, to mention only two examples, the
+masterly pink granite head of Senusert III, one of the most brilliant
+examples of XIIth Dynasty sculpture, and the schist Thothmes III,
+equally one of the finest examples of the art of the New Empire, seems
+to have been this. The Ptolemies, the presence of whose coins in the
+pit sufficiently dates it, did a great deal of building at Karnak, and
+in the course of their cleaning up of the places where they worked,
+they, no doubt, came on an infinity of out-of-date _ex voto_ statues,
+some of them broken, some of them whole, but all rather a nuisance and
+obstruction, as the persons with whom they were associated had long
+since ceased to be of importance. What was to be done with them? They
+could not simply be thrown out as rubbish, for they had been dedicated
+to the god, and were therefore sacred; and they could not be allowed to
+stand littering up the courts which the Ptolemies were busily tidying.
+Accordingly the great pit was dug within the sacred enclosure, and
+Senusert, Thothmes, Senmut, and hundreds of other old Egyptian notables
+were consigned to its muddy depths, thence to be resurrected, more
+than two thousand years later, by their degenerate descendants, who
+baled out the water from the pit with old petroleum cans, and hoisted
+Pharaoh, High-priest or Statesman, unceremoniously out of his dark
+resting-place with lever and tackle. It has been a fortunate chance
+for us, for Egyptian portrait-sculpture might stake its reputation on
+the two pieces which I have mentioned, and the pit has yielded scores
+almost as good.
+
+The work of preserving the building, and putting it in a condition of
+safety for the future, has had a curious interest from the fact that
+in its progress Karnak has been to some extent rebuilt, and by exactly
+the same methods by means of which it was built in the beginning. For
+there can be little doubt, in spite of all talk about the wonderful
+mechanical knowledge of the ancient Egyptians, and their possession
+of secrets which have been lost to our time, that Karnak, like all
+the great Egyptian buildings, was built, not by means of any of these
+remarkable secrets which never existed save in the imagination of those
+who have talked about them, but by the disciplined and ordered use of
+the very simplest means known to man, the inclined plane, the lever,
+and any amount of obedient human muscle. These were the mechanical
+secrets which M. Legrain found most useful and most economical in
+the end of the nineteenth century A.D., as those who had gone before
+him had done in the nineteenth, the fifteenth, the fourth century
+B.C. Senusert, Thothmes, Hatshepsut, Sety, Ramses, Sheshanq, Taharqa,
+Ptolemy, they all built Karnak by sheer force of human labour,
+disciplined and guided by a race of builders who for thousands of
+years had specialised in the training of men for such tasks, and with
+no more marvellous secrets to aid them than those oldest of man’s
+mechanical triumphs, the ramp and the lever. M. Legrain has repeated
+their miracles with the same equipment; and in an age of machinery has
+shown that the human machine may still be the most adequate, the most
+adaptable, and the most economical.
+
+Thus, then, we have seen, at two of the most interesting sites in
+Egypt, something of the work which has been going on with the double
+object of extending our knowledge of the past and of preserving its
+treasures for the future. Realising something of the importance of such
+buildings as Der el-Bahri and Karnak, and their scores of companions
+throughout the land, buildings which are, in effect, ancient Egypt
+to us, one can feel that work such as that which has been meagrely
+described in these pages, unspectacular though it may be compared with
+the work of Pharaoh-hunting, is yet of great and enduring importance,
+the indispensable fabric on which the glittering embroidery of the
+treasure-troves from the Valley of the Kings and elsewhere is wrought,
+and without whose rich and durable substance to form a background the
+golden glory of the royal tombs would lose half its meaning and beauty.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+BURIED ROYALTIES
+
+
+Among the most curious of ancient Egyptian documents are the two
+papyri, the Abbott and the Amherst, which tell the story of the
+robberies of the royal tombs at Thebes, which came to light in the
+reign of Ramses IX, about 1100 B.C. At that time the capital city was
+ruled, under the Governor, by a certain noble named Paser, who was
+called “The Prince of the Town.” Western Thebes, however, the City
+of the Dead, was not under the care of Paser, but was supervised by
+another official named Pewero, who rejoiced in the title of “Prince
+of the West.” Between the Prince of the Town and the Prince of the
+West there was no love lost, as is not uncommon with the heads of two
+adjacent jurisdictions; and Paser, on the eastern bank of the river,
+kept his ears open to all the tittle-tattle of discontented workmen
+from the Necropolis which drifted across the river. It so fell out
+in the sixteenth year of Ramses IX, that certain thefts from the
+Necropolis were reported by the Prince of the West to the Governor;
+and Paser seized the opportunity of making the most to the Council
+of the laxity of administration which allowed such things, and of
+suggesting that infinitely worse robberies, involving the Royal Tombs,
+were occurring under his enemy’s jurisdiction.
+
+[Illustration: 17. LUXOR, PAPYRUS-BUD COLUMNS AND COLOSSI OF RAMSES II.]
+
+A special commission was appointed to investigate the charges, and
+the importance of the case is shown by the rank of the members of the
+court. These were Khaemuas, the Governor, “The Royal Vassal Nesamen,
+Scribe of Pharaoh,” _i.e._ the King’s private Secretary, and “The Royal
+Vassal Neferkara-em-per-Amen, the Speaker of Pharaoh,” doubtless the
+King’s Public Orator. This august court went at great length into the
+charges, and it is impossible to read the account of the case without
+feeling that Paser had right on his side, though he rather made a
+bungle of his case. Obviously his information was mainly derived from
+ill-natured gossip, for it was so inaccurate in detail that the very
+royal tomb which he positively declared to have been robbed was found
+on examination to be untouched; but equally obviously there was a great
+deal going on in the Necropolis which should not have gone on, and
+Pewero either connived at the thefts or was culpably careless.
+
+On the whole Paser failed to establish his charges, though in one case,
+to be mentioned directly, there was plain evidence of the violation of
+a royal tomb. The Prince of the Town took his failure rather badly, and
+spoke wild whirling words before a riotous deputation of Necropolis
+workmen, which got him into trouble; but bit by bit the actual truth
+leaked out, though not in the Commission.
+
+Three years later, in the reign of Ramses X, sixty persons, mainly
+priests and officials of the Necropolis, were arrested on the charge
+of complicity in the thefts; and even this big bag of robbers did not
+bring security to the royal dead. Ere long the priests of the dead
+kings were frantically hustling the mummies of their dead masters from
+one tomb to another in the vain attempt to put them beyond the reach
+of the spoilers, until at last the bulk of the great Theban Pharaohs
+were gathered, or rather huddled, together, in the obscure shaft of the
+unfinished tomb of Queen Astemkheb at Der el-Bahri, or in the tomb of
+Amenhotep II in the Valley of the Kings.
+
+The kind of treatment which was meted out to the mighty dead by the
+sacrilegious rascals in the Theban Necropolis is detailed for us in
+the confession of one of them, a confession extracted, for the rest,
+by the time-honoured Eastern questionary of the bastinado. “We found
+the august mummy of this god,” says the thief, describing his work at
+the tomb of King Sebek-em-saf and his wife Queen Nub-khas, “with a long
+chain of golden amulets and ornaments round the neck; the head was
+covered with gold. The august mummy of this god was entirely overlaid
+with gold, and his coffin was covered both within and without with
+gold, and adorned with every splendid costly stone. We stripped off
+the gold which we found on the august mummy of this god, as well as
+the amulets and ornaments from around the neck, and the bandages in
+which the mummy was wrapped. We found the royal wife equipped in like
+manner, and we stripped off all that we found upon her. We burnt her
+bandages, and we also stole the household goods which we found with
+them, and the gold and silver vessels. We divided all between us; we
+divided into eight parts the gold which we found with this god, the
+mummies, the amulets, the ornaments and the bandages.”
+
+Such was the treatment accorded to a Pharaoh of Egypt by one of
+his subjects three thousand years ago; a curious commentary on the
+present-day Egyptian protests against the opening of the royal tombs in
+the interests of science! But the story of the Ramesside tomb-robberies
+is only an illustration of two contradictory cravings which are seen
+working all down the long record of the Egyptian monarchy. On the one
+hand there is the constant attempt of royalty to secure for itself by
+the most elaborate precautions that age-long endurance of the physical
+frame which was deemed a necessary condition for the welfare of the
+dead king in the Underworld, an attempt which expresses itself in
+different ways, some of them most wonderful, in the successive periods
+of Egyptian history; on the other, there is the equally constant
+and resolute determination of the Egyptian tomb-robber that not all
+the divinity which doth hedge a king, and especially a Pharaoh,
+shall keep him from his prey. The Ramesside thief has any amount of
+lip-reverence for the dead king whose rest he so rudely disturbs; but
+all the time that he is talking about “the august mummy of this god,”
+he is stripping the gold and jewels from it, and his accomplices are
+kindling the fire which will shortly destroy, from an Egyptian point of
+view, King Sebek-em-saf’s hope of immortality; and the contradiction is
+an epitome of a good deal in the story of Egyptian royalty.
+
+The most enduring religious feeling in the Egyptian was the craving
+for immortality; and the most permanent, as it was one of the earliest
+religious convictions, was that immortality was linked with faith in
+the god Osiris, who, as the legend ran, had been treacherously slain
+by his brother Set, had risen from the dead, had been judged and
+pronounced just by the tribunal of the gods, and thenceforth reigned as
+the god of the Underworld and the judge of the dead.
+
+The devout Egyptian believed that after death, if the necessary
+conditions had been fulfilled on his behalf, he was identified with
+his god, and like him rose again, was justified, and admitted to the
+Egyptian Elysian Fields. These conditions, briefly stated, were, first,
+the continuance for as long a period as possible, of the body, in a
+state as closely as possible resembling that of life. Whether this
+need, which, of course, was responsible for the characteristically
+Egyptian practice of mummification, sprang from the belief that the
+spiritual essence of the dead man might find a resting-place after
+death in the mummified shell of its living abode, or whether the
+creation of the mummy was merely, as Professor Peet asserts, a counsel
+of despair, an attempt to deny death for as long as possible, is not
+certain; but the attempt to preserve the body, first by the provision
+of a secure tomb, and later by mummification as well, endures through
+the whole of Egyptian history. The second condition was the provision
+of food and drink, and all the comforts of life, for the dead man in
+his tomb. The third was the equipping of him with all the words of
+power which would enable him to escape the dangers which haunted the
+ways of the Underworld, and to pass the ordeal of the judgment, and
+with amulets which would prove efficacious in warding off the assaults
+of the demons of the Underworld. Last of all, as in the Elysian Fields
+there was work to be done, and it was not fitting that a king or a
+great noble should stoop to manual labour, the dead man had to be
+provided with simulacra of servants who should answer for him when he
+was called upon for service, and take upon themselves his burden of
+labour.
+
+Out of all these conditions there arose gradually the whole wealth of
+Egyptian funerary equipment, as it is found in the tombs of the great
+men of the land, and above all in those of the Pharaohs, an equipment
+whose splendour has dazzled the whole world in the revelations of the
+tomb of Tutankhamen. From the very earliest times the kings of Egypt
+were laid to rest with elaborate provision for the wants of the dead
+monarch, and the provision grew in completeness and complexity with
+each successive generation, till it reached its culmination in the
+gorgeous tombs of the Theban Pharaohs of the New Empire, with their
+hundreds of feet of rock-hewn chamber and corridor, their glittering
+canopies, their nests of gilded coffins, their wealth of costly
+amulets and illuminated papyri, their stores of ushabtis, and, at the
+heart of all, the wonderfully preserved mummy of the man for whom all
+this magnificence had been prepared.
+
+It may be questioned, however, whether all these precautions did not
+rather tend to defeat their own end, and whether Pharaoh might not have
+slumbered in greater security had his tomb been less gorgeous and less
+richly equipped than he could hope to do when his tomb was a wonder of
+the world, and when all men knew that wealth untold was stored within
+its dark depths. At all events we know that from the earliest days of
+the Egyptian kingdom to the latest the kings were few indeed whose rest
+was not rudely broken by the sacrilegious hands of robbers. The fate of
+King Sebek-em-saf, already described, is typical of that of the royal
+tombs in general. For five thousand years human greed has proved more
+powerful than human piety or even than human superstition. To-day, the
+professional tomb-robber of native birth, though his activities are as
+skilfully conducted as ever, finds a rival in the scientific explorer,
+whose disturbance of the rest of the royal dead, though there are still
+many who object to the work as a profanation of what all men should
+regard as sacred, is at least conducted with as much reverence as
+possible, and in the interests not of individual greed of gain, but of
+the general sum of knowledge of the human race.
+
+In this respect the situation should be clearly understood. It is not
+a question of whether the dead kings of ancient Egypt shall or shall
+not be allowed to rest in peace in their tombs. That question has
+been settled, and settled in the negative, for many centuries by the
+persistent habit of the Egyptians themselves. Robbed the tombs of the
+Pharaohs (such of them as still remain undisturbed) will inevitably
+be. That is as sure as death itself. The only question is whether the
+robbery shall be conducted by ignorant fellahin for the sake of private
+gain, and in such a fashion that the whole of the results shall be
+scattered among a score of private collections, and all their historic
+value forever lost, or whether it shall be conducted in orderly and
+scientific fashion, the finds duly catalogued in their true order, and
+gathered together in one great assemblage in a place where they can be
+studied in their true relation to one another, and to other finds of
+similar character.
+
+There can be no doubt as to which of these methods is preferable.
+To deny to the man of science the opportunity of investigating the
+history, the art, and the life of the past as revealed in the treasures
+of the royal tombs is simply to make it certain that, without securing
+in the least the sanctity of the tombs, all the knowledge which might
+have been drawn from them shall be lost forever to the world. This is
+the sufficient justification of those excavations which, in spite of
+all the interest created by their revelations, have so often created
+also a feeling of repugnance and protest.
+
+The story of the royal tombs of Egypt begins with the excavation of
+the Sacred City of Osiris, Abydos. The work there is by no means the
+earliest in point of time of the series of discoveries which have
+been made in connection with the burial of royalty, though Abydos was
+one of the sites excavated by Mariette, who revealed to the world
+the wonderful XIXth Dynasty work of the temple of Sety I there. Much
+had been discovered at Thebes and at Memphis before Amélineau and
+Petrie began at Abydos those researches which have revolutionised our
+knowledge of early Egyptian history and civilisation, and have given
+back to us several centuries of the story of human effort which had
+previously been shrouded in darkness; but it seems best to follow
+the subject down the line of history rather than to follow the order
+of discovery with its consequent mixing up of all the dynasties and
+periods.
+
+Up to the nineties of last century, it may be said that practically
+nothing was known of those earliest Kings of Egypt who reigned before
+the time of the IVth Dynasty. The history of Egypt began with the
+Pyramid-builders, Khufu, Khafra, and Menkaura; and so far as any real
+knowledge went, Egyptian civilisation sprang, like Athene, full-armed
+and full grown into being, and offered to the world as its firstfruits
+the most gigantic structures ever reared by the hand of man.
+
+[Illustration: 18. COLONNADE IN TEMPLE OF SETY I, ABYDOS.]
+
+Obviously this was an impossibility, for things do not happen thus
+in real life, and the advance of civilisation is a business, not of
+leaps and bounds, but of slow and ordered progress; but before the
+Pyramid-builders there was nothing in Egyptian history but a gulf
+of misty darkness, in which a few dim and mighty shapes could be
+faintly discerned through the clouds. Manetho, the Egyptian historian
+of Sebennytos, preserved in the few fragments of his story which have
+survived the names, and a few more or less incredible legends, of the
+great men who had lived and reigned before the Pyramid-period; but they
+were only shadows, and the bulk of what little he told us of them was
+too fantastic to command any respect. The chief figure of his story
+was the king Menes, or Mena, who was said to have founded Memphis, and
+who seemed to have some semblance of reality among the pale shades
+of the others; but even he came to us in Manetho’s pages in such a
+questionable shape as to seem more a figure of romance than of fact.
+
+The discoveries of the closing years of the nineteenth century,
+however, have put an end to all that vagueness, and while our knowledge
+about the earliest dynastic kings of Egypt is still scanty enough, it
+is quite solid and real as far as it goes. Not only so, but excavation
+has resulted in the extension of knowledge to the period before the
+rise of the earliest dynastic rulers, and such a mass of material has
+been accumulated bearing on the life of the pre-dynastic Egyptians as
+to justify Professor Peet’s statement, “it may reasonably be said that
+we are as well acquainted with the material civilisation of this era as
+with that of any other in Egyptian history, though at the same time it
+has to be admitted that our knowledge of its actual history amounts to
+practically nothing.”
+
+With the pre-dynastic tombs, however, and with their comparatively
+meagre provision for the dead, we have not to do at present. All that
+need be said is that the pre-dynastic Egyptian buried his dead in a
+shallow pit cut in the sand or the soft rock, the body being laid on
+its side in a crouching posture, the knees drawn up towards the chin,
+and the hands placed in a supplicating attitude before the face. Around
+the dead man, who was often covered with a reed mat, were placed the
+vases for food and drink, the various utensils, flint knives, ivory
+tablets, and suchlike things which were held to be necessary or useful
+for him in the life beyond, and above all the carved slate palette
+which was used for grinding the green face-paint in which the early
+Egyptian delighted, and the material for making the paint itself.
+
+From these early tombs we have learned that the pre-dynastic Egyptian
+was far from being an uncultured savage. His funerary equipment,
+primitive as it is in some respects, shows us that he had already
+acquired the rudiments of that art of representing human and animal
+form which was to be carried to such remarkable heights in the dynastic
+period; he was an accomplished potter, whose vessels, though he was as
+yet ignorant of the potter’s wheel, are so perfectly moulded by hand
+that the absence of the wheel is no loss, and who “belonged to one of
+those rare and happy periods when the craftsman seems incapable of an
+error of taste, and in consequence almost every form that leaves his
+hands is a thing of beauty”; and he had an inexhaustible patience and
+an amazing skill in the working of vessels of the hardest stone which
+make the pre-dynastic hard stoneware the standard of quality by which
+all succeeding periods are judged.
+
+The disclosure of the tombs of the true early dynastic period, as
+distinguished from the earlier tombs which we have been describing,
+was to come from the Holy City of ancient Egypt--Abydos. The reason
+for the fact that the royal tombs of this period are to be found in
+the neighbourhood of a town which was never the capital of the land,
+and not at such important cities as Memphis or Thebes, is, of course,
+that Abydos had a sanctity to which no other place in Egypt could lay
+claim, as the burial-place of the head of the God of the Resurrection,
+Osiris, after his slaughter and dismemberment by Set. Osiris was
+not the original god of the dead at Abydos, for there existed, long
+before his supremacy, the worship of a local god Khenti--“The First
+of the Westerners,” whose place Osiris usurped, or rather with whom
+he was identified. But from a very early date Osiris was supreme at
+Abydos. Every devout Egyptian desired to be buried, if possible, at
+Abydos, and as close as might be to the burial-place of the God of the
+Resurrection; if actual burial was impossible, as in the vast majority
+of cases, the next best thing was to be allowed to set up a memorial
+slab in the neighbourhood, or to make a pilgrimage, even after death,
+to the Holy City, before being laid in the less holy ground elsewhere;
+while if none of these expedients was feasible, at least one could
+send a little votive vase of common pottery, and have it laid near
+to the sacred site. Accordingly the Necropolis at Abydos is full of
+memorials of all periods of Egyptian history, and in particular the
+ground is so crowded with broken pottery of all ages and types that the
+Arabs call the place “Umm el-Ga’ab,” “The Mother of Pots.”
+
+It was on this site that M. Amélineau began his excavations in 1895,
+continuing them till the spring of 1898. He discovered several large
+chamber tombs, which contained many articles of exquisite workmanship,
+vases, and plaques in fine stone and in pottery, ebony and ivory
+tablets, bearing inscriptions in archaic hieroglyphics, and evidence
+that the tombs had belonged to kings of Egypt earlier in date than the
+period of the Pyramid-builders. In particular he found the tomb of a
+king whose name he read as Khent, and whom he identified with Osiris
+himself, as one of the titles of the god is “Khent-Amenti.” In January,
+1898, he found in this tomb part of a skull which he conjectured to
+be the skull of the god, and on the same day his workmen unearthed a
+granite bier of familiar Egyptian shape to which he gave the name of
+“The Bed of Osiris.”
+
+Had these attributions been established M. Amélineau’s discoveries,
+important enough in themselves, would have been absolutely unique in
+character. But the somewhat acrimonious discussion which followed the
+announcement of the finds, established the fact that though he had
+discovered the tomb of one of the earliest kings of Egypt it was the
+tomb of a man, and not of a god. The Bed of Osiris proved to be a New
+Empire copy of some more ancient bier placed there by Egyptians who
+had made the same mistake as the modern explorer, and imagined that
+they were restoring the actual tomb of the god of the Underworld. The
+great discovery thus failed to produce the effect which its importance
+deserved, and rather cast ridicule upon the possibility of retrieving
+for serious history the period of the earliest dynasties. M. Amélineau
+shortly afterwards abandoned his uncompleted task, believing that the
+site was completely worked out, and for a time Abydos remained without
+any further attempts to unravel its mysteries.
+
+In the winter of 1899–1900, however, Professor Flinders Petrie began
+work on the abandoned site, and the results of his patient and skilful
+study have been of supreme importance for the reconstruction of this
+earliest period of the history of the ancient Egyptian kingdom. He
+not only found in the tombs already discovered a great quantity of
+valuable material, but added considerably to the number of known
+tombs, and planned with the utmost care all those which came to light.
+In the main, these royal tombs of the earliest dynasties proved to
+conform to a single type, though the variations in size and in the
+number of apartments are considerable. Generally speaking, there is a
+large central chamber, dug in the soil, and sometimes approached by a
+stairway. This chamber, which we may believe to have been the actual
+royal sepulchre, is lined, and sometimes floored, with wood, though
+in some instances the flooring is of stone, in one case of granite,
+the earliest known examples of stonework. Around the central chamber
+are grouped smaller cells, in which were stored the provision for the
+use of the dead king in the Underworld, or where the bodies of his
+favourites who were doomed to accompany him in his dark journey were
+laid after they had been slain during his funeral rites.
+
+The great tomb of King Kha-sekhem of the IInd Dynasty, 223 feet by 54
+feet, is unique in the fact that its central chamber, 10 feet by 17
+feet, and nearly 6 feet deep, is entirely built of stone, and is the
+earliest known example of a piece of mason-work. Each tomb, when it was
+completed and occupied, was roofed with wooden beams, and above it the
+sand was piled in a low mound, the precursor of the great stone burial
+mounds which were to appear ere long when the pride of the IVth Dynasty
+monarchs was no longer content with anything less than a pyramid for
+its memorial. Above the tomb a pair of grave-steles bearing the king’s
+name were placed, so that the royal cemetery of Abydos must have
+presented an appearance not unlike that of a modern churchyard with its
+mounds and its headstones.
+
+No royal bodies, of course, were found in these earliest tombs.
+Time and the tomb-robber had done their work too well for that, and
+the art of mummification was as yet unknown. At a very early date
+the tombs had been rifled, and some of them burned, no doubt in the
+process of disposing of the bodies after they had been plundered, as
+the Ramesside robber disposed of the mummy of Sebek-em-saf. The most
+unquestionably personal relic discovered was the shrivelled arm of
+the queen of King Zer, which had been stolen by some robber who had
+not time to carry off his plunder, and had thrust it into a hole in
+the tomb wall, where it was found, with its four beautiful bracelets
+still intact, by one of Petrie’s workmen. What was left in the tombs
+is simply what previous robbers had not deemed worth the trouble of
+carrying away. Yet these pieces of pottery, these broken bits of
+ivory furniture, these ebony and ivory plaques, with their archaic
+inscriptions, have proved of inestimable importance; for they have
+enabled us to fashion in our minds a picture, rude enough, no doubt,
+and sadly lacking in detail, but unquestionably true in its main
+outline of the earliest ordered civilisation in the history of the
+world.
+
+We can see that by 3500 B.C., the very latest date to which the Ist
+Dynasty can be brought down (Petrie dates it from 5500 B.C.), the
+Egyptian state, under “The Scorpion,” Narmer, or Aha-men, the group of
+kings who probably stand for the Menes of Manetho’s story, had long and
+completely emerged from the barbarism which swathed the rest of the
+world save Babylonia, and possibly Crete, and was already thoroughly
+organised and master of all its own resources. War, which had produced
+the union of the two sections of the land, the Delta and the Upper
+Valley, was carried on, not as a matter of chance razzias, but with the
+movement of great armies which could sweep a whole populace into their
+net. The great mace-head of King Narmer records the capture of 120,000
+men, 400,000 oxen, and 1,422,000 goats. The same king has in his train
+a Leader of the Ceremonies, a title which shows that the etiquette of
+the court was already thoroughly organised, and at an early date the
+Commander of the Inundation shows by his presence that the Egyptian
+already realised the importance of this great annual event, which,
+indeed, was no doubt the compelling cause which resulted in the
+extraordinarily early growth of organisation in Egypt as compared with
+other lands.
+
+[Illustration: 19. BRACELETS (Ist DYNASTY); CHAIN (VIth DYNASTY); GOLD
+SEAL (VIth DYNASTY); GOLD URÆUS (XIIth DYNASTY).
+
+(_From “Arts and Crafts of Ancient Egypt.”_)]
+
+That the equipment of the royal household was sumptuous and tasteful,
+and that the personal adornments of the glittering figures who occupied
+its stage were of the richest material and of the highest artistic
+quality, even the pitiful relics which have survived are sufficient
+to assure us. Pharaoh’s palace was adorned with vases and bowls of
+diorite, breccia, rock-crystal, and alabaster, wrought with matchless
+skill, and ground to translucent thinness; his furniture was of ebony
+and ivory exquisitely carved and adorned with hammered gold. Nor was
+the glow of beautiful colour wanting to the picture; for the Egyptian
+craftsman had already mastered that art of glazing objects with
+brilliant colour which his successors practised with such satisfying
+results. The ladies of the court found that the goldsmith was capable
+of meeting their desire for costly and tasteful jewellery in a fashion
+that has never been surpassed, and the bracelets of the Queen of Zer,
+of amethyst, turquoise, lazuli, and gold, are of fine design and
+astonishingly good workmanship; while the existence of a Court barber
+is attested by the plait of false hair which was found in the tomb of
+Zer, and was perhaps worn by the lady of the bracelets.
+
+The art of hieroglyphic writing was already fully established,
+and though the hieroglyphics are archaic in form, they are quite
+intelligible. In many of the tombs are found small ivory plaques, “made
+by the king’s carpenter.” These are inscribed, each with the records
+of the events of a single year; so that we have evidence of a regular
+system of chronicling. The British Museum possesses the lid of the
+ivory box in which King Semti kept his Great Seal--“The Golden Seal
+of Judgment of King Den”--so that manifestly official documents were
+in existence, and had to be authenticated by the royal seal. Of art,
+nothing on a large scale has survived; but the artist who carved the
+little ivory statuette of a king (perhaps Semti) wearing the White
+Crown, and clothed in a long parti-coloured robe, was already, within
+his limits, a master; and Professor Petrie says of the statuette of
+Kha-sekhem of the IInd Dynasty, found at Hierakonpolis, “the art of
+these figures shows a complete mastery of sculpture, the face being
+more delicately modelled than almost any later work.” Altogether we
+must conceive of the Court of the earliest Dynastic Kings of Egypt as
+being organised on a high plane of luxury, and indeed of comparative
+refinement. There is little that can be called barbaric, save the
+possible survival of the custom of slaying the king’s favourites to
+accompany him in his journey through the Underworld.
+
+The results of this exploration of the resting-places of the first
+buried royalties of Egypt may not in themselves be imposing, when
+compared with the bewildering wealth of some of the later royal
+interments; but their importance is not to be measured by mere quantity
+or richness in the precious metals, but by the fact that they have
+given to us a revelation of a whole period of human activity which was
+previously hidden beneath the mists of antiquity. Viewed in this light
+it becomes apparent that these poor fragments from the tombs of Abydos
+have a value far exceeding that of many much more gorgeous finds,
+and scarcely surpassed by the discoveries of any period. They stand,
+in this respect, on the same level with the revelation of the Minoan
+civilisation at Knossos, or that of the city-states of Sumer at Lagash.
+
+The search for the buried royalties of Egypt next brings us into touch
+with the great age of the Pyramid-builders, beginning with Zeser and
+Seneferu, and extending, with gradually diminishing splendour, down
+to the last relics of the XIIth Dynasty--a period which has already
+been dealt with in detail. It is followed by the dark period which
+witnessed the incursion and supremacy of the Hyksos kings, and the War
+of Independence--a troubled period from which few relics have survived,
+though the account of the robbery of the tomb of King Sebek-em-saf of
+the XIIIth Dynasty, with which our chapter began, shows that the kings
+of even these dark days were laid to rest with at least something of
+the ancient splendour of Egyptian royalty.
+
+When we resume our story, we find that two great changes have taken
+place, one in the course of the national history, the other in the
+burial customs with which we have to deal. The centre of gravity of the
+Empire has shifted from the area south of the Delta, embracing Saqqara,
+Memphis, and the Fayum, to the great city from which the Theban princes
+had been directing the struggle against the Hyksos; and henceforward,
+throughout all the most brilliant period of Egyptian history, Thebes
+remains almost exclusively the royal abode, and, particularly for our
+purpose, the place where the great monarchs of the New Empire were
+buried in the midst of all their magnificence.
+
+Along with this political change has gone another, which has completely
+revolutionised the funerary customs consecrated by so long usage. The
+resting-place of a Pharaoh is no longer marked by a “star-y-pointing
+Pyramid,” with its temple and causeway. The tombs of the great nobles
+of the Middle Kingdom at Beni Hasan and elsewhere had already been
+indicating a change in the funerary ideal, and the temple of Mentuhotep
+at Der el-Bahri, with its combination of pyramid and rock-hewn shrine,
+may perhaps be looked upon as the compromise between the old ideal and
+the new. Henceforward the actual tomb and the funerary temple were to
+be separated by the necessities of the locality in which the first was
+situated. The Temple was to stand by itself, free in the open plain
+on the western bank of the Nile; the Tomb was to be hidden from human
+knowledge, so far as possible, in a wild and desolate valley of the
+Libyan hills behind the plain and its girdling cliffs.
+
+[Illustration: 20. ENTRANCE TO THE VALLEY OF THE KINGS, THEBES.]
+
+On the western bank of the Nile, opposite Thebes, there lies a great
+bay of the Libyan cliffs, extending for more than two miles from the
+ruined palace of Amenhotep III and the temple of Ramses III at Medinet
+Habu on the south, to Drah Abu’l Neggah and the temple of Sety I at
+Qurneh on the north. From cape to cape of the bay there stretches, like
+the string of a bow, a row of ruined funerary temples, built by most
+of the notable Theban Pharaohs. Beyond the line of the string towards
+the Nile, the two Memnon colossi still keep watch and ward--all that
+remains of the most gorgeous of all the western temples, reared by
+the most gorgeous of Theban Pharaohs--Amenhotep III; while between
+the string and the bow, and clinging close to the curving cliffs, lie
+the temples of Der el-Medinet and Der el-Bahri. Beyond the northern
+nock of the bow at Drah Abu’l Neggah, a rugged winding path leads
+north-westwards into the heart of the hills for about a mile, then
+turning sharply westwards, it reveals a forked valley, one branch of
+which is known as the West Valley, and the other and more important as
+the East Valley. Together these two ravines make up the Biban el-Moluk,
+or Valley of the Kings, the most famous place of royal sepulture
+in the world, where for a thousand years the kings of the earliest of
+world-empires were laid “all of them in glory, everyone in his own
+house.”
+
+They chose for their resting-place one of the wildest and most barren
+scenes which it is possible to imagine, a sun-scorched wilderness of
+rock and tumbled stone, where the heat, reverberated from rock to rock
+under a sky of brass, is like that of Nebuchadnezzar’s furnace. But
+it was not beauty or richness that they were seeking when they came
+to the Valley of the Kings; it was the security which not even the
+Great Pyramid had been able to give to the mighty dead. The loneliness
+and desolation of the place were the very things which prompted its
+selection; for they sought--how vainly the future was to show--a place
+where human foot had never trod, and where they might expect that their
+long sleep would be unbroken by any intruder. The sacrilegious attempts
+of the type of robber who had scattered to the winds the dust of Khufu
+they foresaw, and tried, though with only imperfect success, to guard
+against; what they could not foresee was the advent of the scientific
+excavator, with a patience which rivals and a skill which far surpasses
+that of the native plunderer, whose work has put the crown on the
+lengthy demonstration of the futility of all their pathetic efforts at
+security.
+
+The type of tomb which is characteristic of the Valley of the Kings
+is simple enough in its general idea, though its development is
+sometimes complex enough. An entrance gallery is driven into the rock
+sloping downwards, the passage-way being sometimes an inclined plane,
+sometimes a stairway. This corridor is sometimes interrupted by a deep
+pit, possibly meant to catch any water which might flow in through
+the doorway, but more probably to render the task of the robber more
+difficult. Beyond the pit, the passage is continued, and gives access
+to chambers and halls varying in number and size, until at last the
+sarcophagus chamber is reached. Of this general type there are all
+varieties, from the simplicity of such a tomb as that of Tutankhamen,
+with its short entrance passage, and its scanty provision of poorly
+decorated rooms, to the complexity of the tombs of Ramses III or Sety
+I, with their hundreds of feet of corridor and chamber, brilliantly
+decorated with the finest art which their time could produce.
+
+The decoration of the royal tombs, though often of high quality
+artistically, is generally of a sombre and gloomy character, differing
+in this from the brilliant pictures of life which are characteristic
+of the Old Kingdom tombs of the nobles at Saqqara, or even from some
+of the private tombs, such as those of Nekht and Rekhmara at Thebes.
+Generally speaking, the leading conception is that the dead king,
+accompanied by the sun-god or identified with him, sails in the bark of
+Ra through the Underworld, bringing light as he passes. On his voyage
+he is accompanied by all manner of spirits and genii, which ward off
+the enemies of the soul from the divine boat. The subjects of the
+illustrations are largely derived from two books of funerary ritual,
+_The Book of Him Who is in the Duat_ (Underworld), and _The Book of the
+Gates_, while portions of the _Book of the Dead_ are also illustrated.
+
+These wonderful tombs have always been more or less known in historic
+times. Strabo mentions that there were in his time forty tombs worthy
+of a visit, and we may be sure that the bulk of these had already been
+long rifled, or at least cleared of their contents to avoid the danger
+of desecration, before the Egyptian Empire ended its long course. The
+centuries between the visit of the old geographer and that of the
+scholars of the French Expedition had brought oblivion to the majority
+of the tombs, for the French explorers mention only eleven, the others
+having meanwhile got covered up and forgotten.
+
+It is with the coming of Belzoni on his second journey in 1817 that
+the modern search for buried Pharaohs may be said to begin, and since
+his discovery of the tomb of Sety I, the work of finding Pharaohs has
+gone on for more than a century with more or less success, until at
+the present time something like sixty tombs have been found, including
+a few which are not royal, and some which are merely pits. The
+probability is that few tombs remain to be discovered in the Valley,
+for most of the great royalties of the Empire have now been accounted
+for in one way or another.
+
+One chance of some importance, however, remains. The last king whom we
+know to have been buried in the Valley of the Kings is Ramses XII of
+the XXth Dynasty. In the great _cache_ at Der el-Bahri, which will
+fall to be spoken of shortly, several of the mummies of kings of the
+XXIst Dynasty were found, along with those of the earlier and more
+famous lines; but the actual tombs of the XXIst Dynasty have never yet
+come to light, and it is possible that some fortunate explorer may yet
+fall, in one of the desolate valleys among the Libyan hills, on the
+necropolis of a line of kings who, if they do not fill so great a place
+in the history of Egypt as their predecessors of the XVIIIth and XIXth
+Dynasties, were yet sufficiently important to make the discovery of
+their resting-place a matter of great moment.
+
+[Illustration: 21. TOMB OF RAMSES IX, VALLEY OF THE KINGS.]
+
+It was on October 6 that Belzoni began those excavations in the Valley
+which resulted in the discovery of what is still the finest example
+of a royal tomb of the Empire. On the 9th he was fortunate enough to
+discover two tombs of considerable importance, one of them beautifully
+painted, the other undecorated, but containing some funerary furniture
+and two female mummies. “Their hair,” says Belzoni, whose summary
+method of dealing with mummies we have already noticed, “was pretty
+long, and well-preserved, though it was easily separated from the head
+by pulling it a little”! On the 11th, this amazingly fortunate man, who
+knew so little the greatness of his good fortune, entered another tomb,
+evidently one of still greater importance, which, with its contents,
+is dismissed in half a page of his story. “We found a sarcophagus of
+granite, with two mummies in it, and in a corner a statue standing
+erect, 6 feet 6 inches high, and beautifully cut out of sycamore
+wood; it is nearly perfect except the nose. We found also a number of
+little images of wood, well carved, representing symbolical figures.
+Some had a lion’s head, others a fox’s, others a monkey’s.... In the
+chamber on our right hand we found another statue like the first, but
+not perfect.” Thus summarily Belzoni dismisses a discovery which would
+make most present-day explorers green with envy. What became of the two
+mummies, the two funerary statues, and the ushabtis, we are not told,
+but can easily imagine.
+
+These, however, were only the preliminaries of the great find which
+was awaiting the lucky excavator. On October 16 he started operations
+at a point about 15 yards from the tomb already mentioned (which would
+seem, therefore, to have been that of Ramses I), and in a spot which
+seemed to his workmen most unlikely to yield anything. On the 17th they
+struck the first indications of a cutting, and on the next day the
+entrance of a tomb was laid bare. Before the close of the day Belzoni
+had penetrated into the tomb as far as the antechamber to the first of
+its pillared halls, where his progress was interrupted for the time by
+a pit 30 feet deep, which had to be bridged before he could advance
+further. Crossing it on the next day, he gained access to the rest
+of the tomb, and the next three weeks he spent as a man in a dream
+wandering through the chambers of the great tomb, and recording to the
+best of his ability the wonders which he had been the first to see
+for nearly three thousand years. His attempts at representation of
+what he saw were imperfect enough, and his nomenclature of the various
+chambers is merely paltry. Titles like “The Drawing-room,” “The Room of
+Beauties,” “The Side-board Room,” seem ludicrously out of place amidst
+the sombre dignity of Sety’s sepulchre. Still Belzoni cannot be denied
+the merits of patience and perseverance, and it was no careless worker
+who spent a whole twelve-month in the stifling atmosphere of a tomb in
+the Valley of the Kings taking impressions in wax of all the figures on
+a tomb which measures 328 feet from end to end.
+
+Belzoni attributed the tomb to Necho and Psamtek II of the XXVIth
+Dynasty, finding evidence to his satisfaction of the attribution
+in a procession on the walls, in which he saw Persians, Jews, and
+Ethiopians, all of whom, according to him, “Nichao and Psammethis”
+had conquered. He was thus a matter of seven hundred years out in his
+dating of his discovery, for the tomb is that of Sety I of the XIXth
+Dynasty, and a monument of the art of the New Empire just at that point
+when it had passed its zenith, and was trembling on the verge of the
+decadence, though still capable of the wonders of Abydos, which are
+rivalled by some of the work here. Sety himself, of course, he did not
+find in the magnificent alabaster sarcophagus which stood in one of the
+pillared halls of the tomb. Luckily, when we think of how the explorer
+would probably have treated him, that honourable king and valiant
+soldier had long centuries before been removed from his splendid
+underground palace to the obscurer but safer hiding-place where he was
+discovered in our own time, and treated with a little more reverence
+than he would have received from Belzoni; but his sarcophagus was in
+itself a prize more than sufficient to reward the excavator for all the
+labour he had spent.
+
+“It is a sarcophagus,” says the lucky discoverer, “of the finest
+Oriental alabaster, 9 feet 5 inches long, and 3 feet 7 inches wide.
+Its thickness is only 2 inches; and it is transparent, when a light
+is placed in the inside of it. It is minutely sculptured within and
+without with several hundred figures, which do not exceed 2 inches
+in height.... I cannot give an idea of this beautiful and invaluable
+piece of antiquity, and can only say that nothing has been brought into
+Europe from Egypt that can be compared with it.” He was not far wrong
+in his enthusiastic estimate of the artistic value of his find, as
+anyone who has seen the exquisite piece of carving in the Soane Museum
+will admit.
+
+The fame of Belzoni’s discovery was not long in reaching the ears of
+the Turkish officials, and ere long the chief local authority, Hamed
+Aga of Keneh, appeared upon the scene with a troop of cavalry, having
+been so eager over the find that he had made the journey in thirty-six
+hours instead of forty-eight. It was no love for antiquity, however,
+which had brought him. All the artistic wonders of the tomb were lost
+on him and his following; but they ransacked every corner of the tomb
+with great eagerness. After a long search the Aga dismissed his
+soldiers, and turning to Belzoni, he revealed the true object of his
+anxiety. “Pray, where have you put the treasure?” he said. Belzoni’s
+denial of the existence of any such thing was met with an incredulous
+smile. “I have been told,” said this characteristic specimen of
+Turkish officialdom, “by a person to whom I can give credit, that you
+have found in this place a large golden cock filled with diamonds and
+pearls. I must see it. Where is it?” The explorer at length succeeded
+in convincing the Aga that there was nothing to lay hands on, and with
+supreme disgust he rose to leave the tomb. Belzoni asked him what he
+thought of the beautiful figures which surrounded him. “He just gave
+a glance at them, quite unconcerned, and said, ‘This would be a good
+place for a harem, as the women would have something to look at.’”
+Thirty years later, Layard’s experience of the Turkish official was
+almost identical with that of Belzoni.
+
+Forty-two years elapsed before anything of importance was added to
+our knowledge of the buried royalties of Egypt. It was in 1859 the
+beautiful jewellery of Queen Aah-hotep was rescued by Mariette from
+the hands of the worthy successor of Hamed Aga, as has already been
+told. But it was not till 1881 that there occurred the first of those
+amazing resurrections of the Theban Pharaohs which since then have been
+repeated on several occasions, culminating with the discovery of the
+most splendid of all royal burials in the tomb of Tutankhamen.
+
+The story of the 1881 find is one of the romances of excavation,
+though the credit of it, if there is any, goes, not to the scientific
+explorer, but to the native practitioner of the gentle art of
+tomb-robbery. It was in 1876 that evidence began to accumulate, in the
+shape of various papyri and other articles of XXIst Dynasty date which
+appeared mysteriously on the market, that the fellahs of Sheikh Abd
+el-Qurneh had somehow or other gained access to some royal tomb of that
+period. The Service of Antiquities took the matter up, and suspicion
+fell on the members of a family named Abd-er-Rassoul. In April, 1881,
+Maspero arrested with his own hand Ahmed, one of the members of the
+family, and committed him to the tender mercies of Daoud Pasha, the
+third Mudir of Keneh who has appeared in this chapter, but who, unlike
+his predecessors, comes in on this occasion on the side of the angels,
+so to speak. Justice, in the Egypt of the eighties, had ways and
+means of arriving at its ends which seem strange to mere Occidentals,
+and Maspero covers a good deal in his simple statement that Daoud
+Pasha carried on the investigation “with his habitual severity.” The
+Ramesside inspectors, in 1100 B.C., put things more bluntly--“They
+were beaten with sticks both on their hands and feet”--but probably
+the facts were not very different in the modern trial. The only result
+was to produce a flood of testimony that Ahmed Abd-er-Rassoul “never
+had excavated, and never would excavate, that he was incapable of
+misappropriating the tiniest antiquity, to say nothing of violating a
+royal tomb,” and the spotless victim of oppression had to be liberated
+“provisionally.” “The vigour with which the inquiry had been conducted
+by Daoud Pasha” had, however, impressed the mind of one of the
+Abd-er-Rassoul family with the conviction that there are cases where
+honesty, or the best possible imitation of it, is the best policy.
+Mohammed Ahmed Abd-er-Rassoul came secretly to the Mudir, made a clean
+breast, or at least a breast as clean as was convenient, to that
+Rhadamanthus, and on July 5, 1881, Emile Brugsch Bey, representing the
+Service of Antiquities, at last found the truth about the business, as
+usual, at the bottom of a well.
+
+He was led by the penitent sinner Mohammed to a lonely spot at the foot
+of the Libyan cliffs, not far from Hatshepsut’s famous temple at Der
+el-Bahri. There, after a long climb up the hillside, and the scaling of
+a high cliff, he found behind a great rock the mouth of a black shaft
+about 6 feet square, the well of the unfinished tomb of Queen Astemkheb
+of the XXIst Dynasty; and the story of his experiences may best be told
+by himself.
+
+“Finding Pharaoh was an exciting experience for me. It is true I was
+armed to the teeth, and my faithful rifle, full of shells, hung over
+my shoulder; but my assistant from Cairo, Ahmed Effendi Kemal, was the
+only person with me whom I could trust. Any one of the natives would
+have killed me willingly, had we been alone, for everyone of them knew
+better than I did that I was about to deprive them of a great source
+of revenue. But I exposed no sign of fear, and proceeded with the work.
+The well cleared out, I descended, and began the exploration of the
+underground passage.”
+
+There are many types of courage; but surely not the least remarkable
+is that of the man of science who allows himself to be lowered on an
+Arab rope, down a 40-feet shaft, to explore a dark gallery of the dead,
+while the rope which is his only link with life and light is held above
+by a man who would cheerfully have left him to keep unending vigil
+beside the Pharaohs whom he was seeking.
+
+Mohammed’s penitence, however, or perhaps we had better say, his
+respect for Daoud Pasha’s “habitual severity,” kept him true, and
+Brugsch had no other terrors to face than those of his strange task.
+“Soon,” he says, “we came upon cases of porcelain funeral offerings,
+metal and alabaster vessels, draperies and trinkets, until, reaching
+the turn in the passage, a cluster of mummy-cases came to view in
+such number as to stagger me. Collecting my senses, I made the best
+examination of them I could by the light of my torch, and at once saw
+that they contained the mummies of royal personages of both sexes; and
+yet that was not all. Plunging on ahead of my guide, I came to the
+chamber, and there, standing against the walls, or lying on the floor,
+I found even a greater number of mummy-cases of stupendous size and
+weight. Their gold coverings and their polished surfaces so plainly
+reflected my own excited visage that it seemed as though I was looking
+into the faces of my own ancestors. The gilt face on the coffin
+of the amiable Queen Nefertari seemed to smile upon me like an old
+acquaintance.” “The fellahs,” says Maspero, “had unearthed a catacomb
+crammed with Pharaohs.” Among the mummies were those of several of the
+most famous Pharaohs of the New Empire, Seqenen-Ra, the hero of the
+War of Independence, Amenhotep I, and Queen Aahmes Nefertari, Thothmes
+II, and Thothmes III, the greatest soldier of Egyptian history, Sety
+I, Ramses II, and Ramses III, the most famous kings of the XIXth and
+XXth Dynasties, Pinezem I and Pinezem II of the XXIst Dynasty, Queen
+Hent-taui, Queen Nezem-Mut, and others.
+
+The question of the removal to a place of security of this astonishing
+mass of dead royalty presented its own difficulties. The removal had
+to be as speedy as possible, for now that the secret was out every
+hour would add to the danger of a violent attack on the shaft, and
+the dispersal for ever of its previous treasures. Yet the problem of
+removal was no easy one. The spot where the shaft lies is lonely and
+difficult of access; and the coffins of some of the kings and queens
+were of huge size and corresponding weight. That of Queen Aahmes
+Nefertari, for instance, is 10 feet long, and required sixteen men to
+lift it.
+
+“Early the next morning,” says Brugsch, “three hundred Arabs were
+employed under my direction--each one a thief. One by one the coffins
+were hoisted to the surface, were securely sewed up in sailcloth and
+matting, and then were carried across the plain of Thebes to the
+steamers awaiting them at Luxor.”
+
+It took six days of hard labour, under the blazing sun of an Egyptian
+July, before the tomb was cleared; and then three days more were spent
+in waiting for the Museum steamboat to arrive. Brugsch must have
+been an anxious man as he watched the efforts of the three hundred
+professional tomb-robbers from whose hands he was snatching what they
+regarded as their legitimate prey; and no doubt he heaved a sigh of
+genuine relief when, on July 20, he handed over his precious freight to
+the Museum at Boulak, and was delivered from the burden of royalty. Sir
+Gaston Maspero has told us how all along the Nile, from Luxor to Quft,
+both banks of the river were covered with frantic crowds of fellahs,
+the women tearing their hair and wailing, the men firing rifles, as
+they followed the downstream progress of the steamer bearing the
+mummies. So, no doubt, only without the rifles and the steam, their
+ancestors had followed the funeral barks which bore across the river
+the dead bodies of these mighty kings three thousand years before!
+
+The very richness of the find proved somewhat of an embarrassment to
+the authorities at the Cairo Museum, and it was several years before
+the results of Brugsch’s great haul of Pharaohs were properly sorted
+out and classified. It was not till May, 1886, that the unwrapping of
+the mummies began, and the task was only completed in the end of June.
+The figure of supreme interest was that of Ramses II, who was then
+believed to be the Pharaoh of the Oppression of the Israelites, and who
+was then taken more at the estimate of his own overweening vanity than
+he is at present. The mummy of the great king was solemnly unwrapped in
+the presence of an illustrious gathering, the Khedive of Egypt himself
+verifying the existence of the later inscription of the priests of the
+XXIst Dynasty on the wrappings around the body, before the process of
+unwrapping began. The state of the mummy agreed with the historical
+evidence as to the length of the reign of Ramses. The king must have
+been nearly one hundred years old when he died, and his body bears the
+marks of extreme old age.
+
+“The mummy,” says Maspero, “is thin, much shrunken, and light; the
+bones are brittle, and the muscles atrophied, as one would expect in
+the case of a man who had attained the age of a hundred; but the figure
+is still tall and of perfect proportions. The mask of the mummy gives
+a fair idea of that of the living king; the somewhat unintelligent
+expression, slightly brutish perhaps, but haughty and firm of purpose,
+displays itself with an air of royal majesty beneath the sombre
+materials used by the embalmer.”
+
+The hero of the battle of Kadesh must in his prime have been a man of
+large and powerful frame. “Even after the coalescence of the vertebræ
+and the shrinkage produced by mummification, his mummy still measures
+over 5 feet 8 inches”; so that we may picture him as a formidable
+figure over 6 feet in height, perhaps nearer 7 feet with the high war
+helmet of the Pharaohs crowning his head, as he charged with arrow
+drawn to the head, in his rattling war-chariot upon the Hittite ranks.
+His conduct at Kadesh suggests a good trooper, but a dull general, and
+his mummy does nothing to cause a revision of the judgment.
+
+An infinitely nobler figure was that of the father of Ramses, Sety I,
+whose mummy was also found in the _cache_. “The fine kingly head was
+exposed to view,” says Maspero. “It was a masterpiece of the art of
+the embalmer, and the expression of the face was that of one who had
+only a few hours previously breathed his last. Death had slightly drawn
+the nostrils and contracted the lips, the pressure of the bandages had
+flattened the nose a little, and the skin was darkened by the pitch;
+but a calm and gentle smile still played over the mouth, and the
+half-open eyelids allowed a glimpse to be seen from under their lashes
+of an apparently moist and glistening line, the reflection from the
+white porcelain eyes let in to the orbit at the time of burial.” The
+somewhat gruesome art of the Egyptian embalmer reached its culmination
+in this extraordinary piece of work, and while to our minds the whole
+practice verges upon, if it does not overstep, the limits of the decent
+into the realm of the horrible, we may admit that it comes as near as
+possible to the attainment of what Professor Elliot Smith tells us was
+the aim of the embalmer--“to make the representation of the dead man
+so life-like that he should, in fact, remain alive.” We should never
+have known how noble and dignified a type the aristocratic Egyptian
+of 1300 B.C. had attained had it not been for the preservation of the
+grand head of Sety, which teaches us that the sculptor of the exquisite
+reliefs of Abydos was doing no more than bare justice to his king when
+he carved the delicate beauty which charms us to-day.
+
+If the beauty of Sety’s face almost justified both the morbid skill
+which sought to deny the reality of death and the curiosity which
+unveiled the secrets of the grave, the same cannot be said of the
+mummy of Seqenen-Ra, not the least interesting of the grim assemblage.
+There are few things more ghastly than the head of the old hero of the
+Expulsion of the Hyksos, with three gaping wounds on skull and face,
+and the teeth clenched, in the death-agony, upon the mangled tongue.
+Yet even this grim evidence of a violent death on the field of battle
+seems to bring the reality of that ancient struggle in which the
+Pharaoh died more forcibly home to the imagination.
+
+A still more horrible figure of nightmare was that of the unnamed
+person whose contorted limbs and writhen countenance suggested to
+Maspero the most ghastly of all suspicions as to how he met his end.
+“It makes one’s flesh creep to look at it,” says Maspero, speaking
+of this mummy; “the hands and feet are tied by strong bands, and are
+curled up as if under an intolerable pain; the abdomen is drawn up,
+the stomach projects like a ball, the chest is contracted, the head is
+thrown back, the face is contorted in a hideous grimace, the retracted
+lips expose the teeth, and the mouth is open as if to give utterance
+to a last despairing cry. The conviction is borne in upon us that the
+man was invested while still alive with the wrappings of the dead.”
+Others have suggested a less horrible interpretation of the condition
+of the figure. In the report of the trial which took place in the
+reign of Ramses III of individuals accused of a conspiracy against
+the life of the king it is significantly said of some of those whose
+guilt was established, “They died of themselves,” and the suggestion
+has been made that this figure, whose contortions might well be due to
+the action of an irritant poison, is that of one of these involuntary
+suicides. In either case, the thing is sufficiently horrible, and
+hints, not obscurely, at that darker aspect of Oriental Court life
+which lay beneath all the glitter and splendour of the Theban palace.
+
+The find of Der el-Bahri was followed, in 1894–5, by the discoveries of
+M. de Morgan at Dahshur, which have given us the exquisite jewellery of
+the XIIth and XIIIth Dynasty already alluded to in our chapter on the
+Pyramids. And then, in 1898, M. Loret discovered in the Valley of the
+Kings the tomb of Amenhotep II, son of the great conqueror Thothmes III.
+
+Until the great discovery of last year threw all others into the shade,
+this discovery of M. Loret was unique, for the mummy of Amenhotep
+was found still resting in its coffin under the gold-starred and
+blue-painted roof of the funerary chamber--the first Pharaoh who had
+ever been found sleeping in the tomb where he was laid. His own records
+tell us of his prowess. “He is a king very weighty of arm,” so the
+inscription of the Amada and Elephantine steles runs; “there is not one
+who can draw his bow among his army, among the hill-country sheikhs, or
+among the princes of Retenu, because his strength is so much greater
+than that of any king who has ever existed.” In later days this boast
+of the old Pharaoh got twisted into the curious legend which Herodotus
+records of the king of Ethiopia who challenged Cambyses to draw his
+bow. The redoubtable weapon itself, strange to say, was found in the
+tomb along with its owner. It bore the inscription: “Smiter of the
+Cave-dwellers, overthrower of Kush, hacking up their cities ... the
+great wall of Egypt, protector of his soldiers.” Amenhotep was still
+wrapped in his shroud and adorned with garlands; but the tomb had been
+ruthlessly plundered in ancient days, and little of artistic value
+was found. One of the side-chambers of the tomb, however, yielded a
+store of Pharaohs, only second in importance to the great find of Der
+el-Bahri. Here were gathered nine royal mummies, among them those of
+Thothmes IV, Amenhotep III, Siptah, Ramses IV, Ramses V, and Ramses
+VI. Most interesting of all, in view of the idea then prevalent of the
+date of the Exodus, was the discovery, along with these, of the mummy
+of Merenptah, who was held to be the Pharaoh of the Exodus. The absence
+of Merenptah from the royal gathering at Der el-Bahri was explained by
+interested but casual readers of Scripture by the fact that of course
+he was drowned in the Red Sea. The narrative of Exodus, of course,
+makes no such statement, and Merenptah duly appeared, though the
+interest attaching to him has somewhat waned with the progress of the
+view that the Exodus took place two hundred years before his reign.
+
+The fate of the tomb of Amenhotep is suggestive of the difficulties
+which meet the explorer in his attempt to preserve for science and to
+treat with proper reverence the relics of the past which he unearths.
+The great king was left in his coffin, with a few articles of his
+funerary furniture beside him. The result was that in spite of the
+armed guard which is maintained in the Valley of the Kings, or perhaps
+with the complicity of the guard, the tomb was rifled in 1901, the
+mummy of the Pharaoh tumbled out on the floor, and the model boat which
+had been left beside the king stolen.
+
+With the suggestion that Tutankhamen should be allowed to rest in the
+midst of the splendours which accompanied him to the grave, everyone
+must sympathise; the question is, will he be allowed to rest in peace,
+no matter what the precautions which may be taken, in the midst of a
+people with whom tomb-robbery is a profession of six thousand years
+standing, and who know the matchless value of the treasure which lies
+within their reach? Whatever the decision, it may be hoped that if the
+mummy of the last king in the direct line of the great XVIIIth Dynasty
+be found beneath his gorgeous canopy it will not be made the subject of
+a vulgar show, as is done with that of Amenhotep II.
+
+In 1902 the work of excavation in the Valley of the Kings was
+undertaken by an American, Mr. Theodore M. Davis, or rather the funds
+for the work were provided by Mr. Davis, while the actual work of
+excavation was carried on by officials of the Service of Antiquities,
+first Mr. Howard Carter, then Mr. Weigall, and Mr. Ayrton. In 1903 Mr.
+Carter found the tomb of Thothmes IV, son of Amenhotep II, and father
+of Amenhotep III. His mummy had already been found in the tomb of his
+father, but many articles of funerary furniture, mostly broken, were
+found, including the embossed leather front of a state chariot, with
+decoration in gesso. Between 1902 and 1912, the work financed by Mr.
+Davis was crowned with the most astonishing success. In these years
+were found the tombs of Queen Hatshepsut, King Siptah, Akhenaten (or
+rather the tomb of Queen Tiy, with the mummy of Akhenaten), Horemheb,
+Prince Mentuherkhepshef, and, above all, the tomb which, though its
+occupants were not of royal rank, proved yet the richest and the most
+interesting which was ever discovered, till it was outclassed by that
+of Tutankhamen--the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau.
+
+It was in February, 1905, that the workmen of Mr. Davis struck
+the first indication of the tomb in the shape of a well-cut stone
+step, which promised to prove the first of a flight descending to a
+tomb-passage. By February 12 the door was cleared, and the next day Mr.
+Davis, with the late Sir Gaston Maspero and Mr. Weigall, penetrated
+with some difficulty into the tomb-chamber, and the little party found
+themselves in the presence, not only of two of the most interesting
+personalities of Egyptian history, but also of the most wonderful
+collection of funerary furniture which, up to that time, had ever
+rewarded the explorer. Their delight was very nearly turned to tragedy
+before they had begun to realise the importance of their find. In his
+eagerness to inspect the funeral sledge, on which Maspero had just read
+the famous name of Yuaa, Mr. Davis stooped with his candle close to the
+bitumen-covered woodwork, and was pulled back just in time. One touch
+of the flame on the pitch, and the corridors of the tomb would have
+been a roaring tunnel of flame, in which Yuaa, his funerary equipment,
+and his discoverers would probably all have perished together.
+
+The danger once realised, candles were discarded, and electric light
+led into the tomb. And then the explorers began to realise the full
+wonder of their discovery. The tomb was full of furniture of the finest
+and most careful workmanship. Armchairs carved and inlaid, coffers
+of wood inlaid and enamelled with that wonderful blue of which the
+Egyptians had the secret, boxes of painted wood, with figures in gilt
+gesso, designed to hold the canopic jars which contain the viscera of
+the dead, ushabti figures, some of them plated with gold or silver,
+wicker-work baskets for holding perfume bottles, couches of elegant
+design, a perfectly preserved specimen of the type of light chariot in
+which the Theban noble of the Empire took his airing, cushions stuffed
+with down, still soft and resilient after three millenniums, costly
+alabaster vases, toilet articles of all sorts, and a plentiful supply
+of the mummified meats which the dead might require for their journey
+through the Underworld; the chamber was a storehouse of all that the
+Egyptian deemed desirable for his use in this life or the next. Nor
+were the needs of the spirit neglected. There stood the magical figures
+by whose help the occupants of the tomb were to make their way through
+the dark paths of the Duat, inscribed with the “Chapter of the Flame,”
+or the “Chapter of the Magical Figure of the North Wall”; while a great
+roll of papyrus 22 yards long contained other prayers which would
+assist the sleepers to conquer all the dangers of their long road.
+Never had such an assemblage of beautiful and curious things rewarded
+the seeker even in this land of beautiful and curious things.
+
+Fascinating as the treasures of the tomb were, however, the main
+interest was not in them, but in the two gilded coffins in which the
+owners of all this wealth lay quietly sleeping their long sleep. “First
+above Yuaa and then above his wife the electric lamps were held, and
+as one looked down into their quiet faces there was almost the feeling
+that they would presently open their eyes and blink at the light. The
+stern features of the old man commanded one’s attention, and again and
+again our gaze was turned from this mass of wealth to this sleeping
+figure in whose honour it had been placed there.” For these two silent
+tenants of the tomb were the man and woman to whose influence, in all
+probability, was due not a little of that great religious revolution
+which in a few years altered the whole course of Egyptian history,
+and swayed the balance of the destinies of the Ancient East. Prince
+Yuaa and his wife Tuau were the father and mother of that famous Queen
+Tiy, whose sway over the mind of her husband Amenhotep III prepared
+the way for the supremacy of that new spiritual faith of which her
+son, the ill-fated Akhenaten, was in the fulness of time to be the
+exponent and champion, and whose failure broke his heart in the midst
+of the downfall of the empire to which he had vainly attempted to teach
+the creed of the Brotherhood of Man. To few people has it been given
+to exercise so great an influence upon the course of history as to
+these two quiet figures whose rest was broken after 3300 years by the
+representatives of three nations whose ancestors were outer barbarians
+when Prince Yuaa and his wife were foremost figures in the most
+glittering court of the Ancient East.
+
+Two years later, the work of Mr. Davis resulted in another discovery,
+less important from the point of view of the wealth of funerary
+furniture involved, for in this case there was little found, but even
+more interesting in view of the personality whose mummy occupied the
+tomb. The site of the new find was at the corner of the ravine leading
+to the well-known tomb of Sety I, and was covered with gravel and loose
+stones. “After some days of hard work, the regular rectangle of a pit
+appeared upon the soil, then two or three steps appeared, followed by
+a staircase open to the sky, a door, a narrow passage, and a wall of
+rock-work and beaten earth. The seals affixed by the guardians, more
+than thirty centuries before, were still intact on the lime-wash.”
+Breaking them on January 6, 1907, Mr. Davis and Mr. Weigall penetrated
+into a narrow passage, which was almost blocked by two panels of
+gilded wood, which had once formed part of a funeral canopy, like that
+of Tutankhamen. Wriggling past these with difficulty, they entered a
+roughly hewn and quite undecorated chamber, on the floor of which lay
+a few earthen pots, some alabaster ornaments, and a number of amulets.
+But the sight which arrested the eye was that of the coffin, which,
+at the first glance, seemed in the glare of the electric light to be
+made of massy gold. “It seemed,” says Maspero, “as if all the gold
+of ancient Egypt glittered and gleamed in that narrow space.” The
+news of a wonderful discovery of treasure spread far and wide through
+the neighbourhood, growing as it spread, till the report had reached
+such fabulous proportions that it was necessary to place a guard over
+the tomb to prevent an assault. Of course it was more seeming than
+reality, for the gold turned out to be mere gold-foil, and the tomb
+was in reality singularly poor in objects of value. The coffin had
+originally been placed upon a bier of the usual form; but this had
+decayed, and the heavy coffin had fallen, and its lid had come off in
+the fall, exposing the head and feet of its tenant, from which the
+bandages had decayed. The body was wrapped in sheets of gold-foil, and
+the inscription on the coffin, worked in semi-precious stones, gave the
+title of Akhenaten, “the beautiful child of the Sun.”
+
+Such a discovery was, of course, most unexpected; for Akhenaten had
+made his capital, not at Thebes, which he hated, but at Tell el-Amarna,
+where he had declared his intention to be buried, and where his tomb
+was known. Besides, the inscription on the funeral canopy stated that
+Akhenaten had made it for his mother Queen Tiy. The explorers therefore
+concluded that they had indeed discovered the tomb, part of the funeral
+furniture, and the skeleton (it cannot be called a mummy) of Queen Tiy,
+and in this belief they sent the broken fragments of the skeleton to
+Professor Elliot Smith for examination, only to be informed by him that
+what they had sent was not the body of an old woman, but of a young
+man, who, if normal, which was doubtful, could not have been much older
+than twenty-six when he died. There seems in fact to be little doubt
+that the skeleton which was discovered in the tomb of Tiy was that of
+the man whose action in one direction and inaction in another changed
+the destiny of the ancient world in one of the most critical periods of
+its history. Mr. Davis, strange to say, could never bear the idea that
+he had found the bones of Akhenaten, though one would have thought that
+the discovery of the most pathetic and interesting figure of Egyptian
+history would have put the crown on the satisfaction with which he
+could justly regard his work. He had set his heart on discovering Queen
+Tiy, and to have even her far more famous son substituted for her was a
+bitter disappointment to him.
+
+But how came Akhenaten, the heretic king, “that criminal of
+Akhetaten,”[1] as the priests of Amen always called him, to be buried,
+not in his own heretic capital at Tell el-Amarna, but in orthodox
+Thebes, and in his mother’s tomb? There is, of course, no certain
+explanation of the facts; but from what is known of the history of
+the period an explanation may at least be suggested with a reasonable
+amount of confidence that it is not very far from the truth. When
+Akhenaten died, his body was no doubt buried at Tell el-Amarna, as
+he had decreed. When his son-in-law, Tutankhaten, and his daughter,
+Ankh. s. en. pa Aten, found the pressure of circumstances too strong
+for them, and were obliged to return to Thebes, to restore the old
+religion, and to change their names to Tutankhamen and Ankh. s. en.
+Amen, they carried with them, doubtless, the body of the reformer,
+still revered and beloved, and gave it honourable burial in the tomb
+of Tiy--the most fitting place, since no royal tomb could have been
+prepared in Thebes. But as time went on, the reactionary priests of
+Amen became more and more the dominant element in the kingdom, and
+they had none of the chivalrous spirit which prompted Charles V’s “I
+war not with the dead,” at the tomb of Luther. The only way in which
+they could strike at the dead heretic was also, to an Egyptian mind,
+the most certain and the most deadly; they could destroy his hopes of
+immortality by desecrating his tomb, and blotting out his name from
+it. So the body of Queen Tiy was removed from the tomb which had been
+polluted by the presence of her son, his name was erased from the
+inscriptions, and the entrance of the tomb was blocked with stones and
+sealed with the seal of Tutankhamen. Then the body of “the world’s
+first great idealist and the world’s first _individual_” was left in
+solitude, and, as his enemies fondly believed, in eternal oblivion and
+shame, to await its resurrection, thirty centuries later, at the hands
+of a generation which has at least learned to appreciate and to honour
+the ideals for which he sacrificed so much.
+
+ [1] Akhetaten, the town created by Akhenaten, the man.
+
+The remarkable success of Mr. Davis in the search for buried royalties
+was fittingly crowned a year later by the discovery of the tomb of
+Horemheb, the usurping reactionary who had formerly been a general in
+the service of Tutankhamen, and who seized the throne after the brief
+reigns of Tutankhamen and Ay. The tomb had been plundered and wrecked,
+but the beautiful red granite sarcophagus, 8 feet 11 inches in length
+by 3 feet 9½ inches in width and 4 feet in depth, was intact. In it
+were found the bones of one person, but in such a condition that it
+was impossible to determine the sex of the person to whom they had
+belonged. In 1906 Mr. Davis made another discovery, this time of
+an uninscribed chamber nearly filled with mud. The presence in the
+chamber and in the neighbourhood of a number of articles bearing the
+names of Tutankhamen and Ankh. s. en. Amen led him to believe that
+this was the tomb of Tutankhamen, and the sumptuous volume in which
+he published the results of these last two discoveries was therefore
+entitled “The Tombs of Harmhabi and Touatankhamanou.” Time and further
+investigation have proved that in this respect he was wrong, as also in
+the conviction which he expressed in the book that “the Valley of the
+Kings is now exhausted.” Another discovery was due sixteen years after
+his last find, which was to prove that the Valley yet held treasures
+whose beauty and richness could dazzle the world, and make even those
+of the tomb of Yuaa seem almost paltry by comparison. Yet the work of
+Mr. Davis remains as one of the most remarkable series of successes
+which has ever rewarded excavation in Egypt--a fitting prelude to the
+great find of November, 1922.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+TUTANKHAMEN AND HIS SPLENDOURS
+
+
+Wonderful as the results of the work of Mr. Davis and his assistants
+had been, they were destined to be completely eclipsed by the most
+remarkable discovery which has ever been made in all the long story
+of Egyptological research. It may very well prove in the long run
+that the importance of the find historically is less than that of
+many less striking discoveries; but as a revelation of the sheer
+wealth and artistic quality of the provision which was made three
+thousand years ago for the journey through the Underworld of even a
+comparatively obscure and unimportant Pharaoh, there has never been
+anything to compare with the discovery the news of which was flashed
+across the world on November 30, 1922. “This afternoon,” the message
+ran, “Lord Carnarvon and Mr. Howard Carter revealed to a large company
+what promises to be the most sensational Egyptological discovery of
+the century. The find consists of, among other objects, the funeral
+paraphernalia of the Egyptian King Tutankhamen, one of the famous
+heretic kings of the XVIIIth Dynasty, who reverted to Amen worship.”
+It is not often that newspaper reports err on the side of making too
+little of their subject; but as the days and weeks passed on, and
+what seemed to be an unending procession of marvels defiled from the
+dark cave in the Valley of the Kings before the astonished eyes of
+numberless tourists, it became manifest that the half had not been
+told, and that Egyptology was faced with a wealth of material such as
+had never before been dealt with, and such as will take many years
+to appreciate and measure the full significance of. All that can be
+attempted here is to give a summary account of the find itself, and
+a brief provisional account of some of the more important of the
+treasures which have so far been disclosed; for there can be no doubt
+that what has been handled is but a fraction of the treasure which
+still remains to be dealt with when the tomb is reopened and the actual
+sarcophagus-chamber and its annexe are cleared as the outer chambers
+have been.
+
+[Illustration: 22. GRANITE HEAD OF TUTANKHAMEN, CAIRO MUSEUM.]
+
+Some great Egyptological discoveries have been the result of a mere
+happy chance, as was the case in 1887, when a fellah woman, grubbing
+for phosphates among the rubbish heaps of Akhenaten’s ruined capital,
+found that store of cuneiform tablets which have since become
+world-famous as “The Tell el-Amarna Tablets,” and disposed of her
+interest in the find to a friend for the sum of two shillings. Some,
+as in the case of the Der el-Bahri _cache_, have resulted from the
+watch kept on the illegitimate practitioners of research; and some,
+as in the case of Belzoni’s discovery of the tomb of Sety I, have
+been made with so little trouble that the wonder is that they were not
+made long before. But the discovery made by Lord Carnarvon and Mr.
+Howard Carter fell into none of these categories. It was the result
+of long and persistent and systematic work, carried on under very
+disappointing conditions, but with a clear appreciation of the object
+in view. For sixteen years the two explorers had been working together
+at Thebes, and already in 1912, they had published the results of their
+work in _Five Years’ Exploration at Thebes_. Their work had not been
+particularly fruitful, and when seven years ago they took over the
+abandoned right to work in the Valley of the Kings, their first efforts
+yielded no very brilliant success. “Mostly disappointments,” was Lord
+Carnarvon’s summary of his previous finds. The explorers, however, were
+proceeding on a plan which was bound to lead to success in the end, if
+there was anything left to be found, and if their patience, or their
+resources, held out long enough in the face of a continued monotony
+of failure. Previous explorers, like Mr. Davis, had proceeded on the
+method of _sondages_, or trial pits, sinking a pit here and another
+there in spots which they judged likely. Such a method, obviously,
+may lead to success very simply and easily; or, on the other hand, it
+may result in your missing the very spot where the treasure lies. The
+method adopted by Lord Carnarvon and Mr. Carter was much more thorough,
+though also much more laborious and monotonous. They systematically
+cleared the ground over a selected area down to the virgin rock. The
+labour involved in such a method of work is, of course, enormous; it
+is said that the two explorers moved 200,000 tons of rubbish in their
+researches; but it is plain that there is no chance of missing your
+object by a foot or two, as is quite possible with the other plan.
+There may, of course, be nothing in your area at all; but if there is
+anything, you are bound to get it.
+
+So it proved at last in this case. On the fifth of November, Mr.
+Carter, who was working on a spot which so far had been untouched
+because it lay in front of the tomb of Ramses VI, which is one of the
+regular electrically lighted show-tombs of the Valley, came upon a
+rock-cut step, which seemed like the beginning of a flight leading to a
+tomb. He cleared a few more steps, and then came to a door, or rather
+to a cement-covered wall, blocking a doorway. On the cement of the wall
+was visible the seal of the royal portion of the Theban necropolis,
+consisting of a jackal couchant above nine captives in rows of three.
+When the excavation had reached this stage, Mr. Carter cabled to Lord
+Carnarvon to come out to Egypt at once, as a fine discovery had been
+made, and the spot was covered up till his arrival.
+
+The resumption of the excavation showed that in ancient days a thief
+had broken into the tomb, which had been inspected and sealed by the
+inspectors of Ramses IX subsequent to his entrance. On the undamaged
+portion of the wall there could be seen the cartouche of the Pharaoh
+Tutankhamen, son-in-law and successor to the famous Akhenaten. After
+arrangements had been made for protecting the tomb and whatever
+it might contain from the efforts of the modern successors of the
+Ramesside thief, the entrance passage, about 8 metres long, was
+cleared, and another sealed door was reached. It was uncertain whether
+the explorers would find another staircase or passage behind this new
+obstacle, or whether it would give access to one of the chambers of the
+tomb. What followed may best be told in the words of Lord Carnarvon
+himself:
+
+“I asked Mr. Carter to take out a few stones and have a look in.
+After a few minutes this was done. He pushed his head partly into
+the aperture. With the help of a candle he could dimly discern what
+was inside. A long silence followed, till I said, I fear in somewhat
+trembling tones, ‘Well, what is it?’ ‘There are some wonderful objects
+here,’ was the welcome reply. Having given up my place to my daughter,
+I myself went to the hole, and I could with difficulty restrain my
+excitement. At the first sight, with the inadequate light, all that one
+could see was what appeared to be gold bars. On getting a little more
+accustomed to the light it became apparent that there were colossal
+gilt couches with extraordinary heads, boxes here and boxes there. We
+enlarged the hole, and Mr. Carter managed to scramble in--the chamber
+is sunk 2 feet below the bottom of the passage--and then, as he moved
+around with a candle, we knew that we had found something absolutely
+unique and unprecedented. Even with the poor light of the candle one
+could see a marvellous collection of furniture and other objects in the
+chamber. There were two life-sized statues of the king, beds, chariots,
+boxes of all sizes and shapes--some with every sort of inlay, while
+others were painted--walking sticks, marvellous alabaster vases, and
+so on. After slightly enlarging the hole we went in, and this time we
+realised in a fuller degree the extent of the discovery, for we had
+managed to tap the electric light from the tomb above, which gave us
+far better illumination for our examination.”
+
+Inspection quickly proved that the first revelation was only the
+beginning of marvels. Beneath one of the state couches a small opening
+in the wall of the chamber showed where a second chamber opened off the
+first. This room it was impossible even to enter, for it was crammed
+to a height of 5 feet with articles of furniture of all descriptions,
+packed close together in seemingly inextricable confusion. At the
+one end of the first chamber stood two life-sized statues of the
+king in bituminised wood with gold adornments, and between them was
+the evidence that other chambers lay beyond; for this part of the
+room had been closed with a wall on which the seals of the Ramesside
+inspectors could still be seen, and in the centre of this wall, on the
+floor level, there were traces of the fact that a break had once been
+made in the wall, sufficiently large to admit a small man. This had
+subsequently been sealed up again, probably by the inspectors of Ramses
+IX.
+
+Manifestly there was more to follow behind that sealed wall. In the
+two chambers which had been seen there was no trace of any sarcophagus,
+or any evidence whatever of any interment. It was obvious, therefore,
+that, unless this wonderful mass of artistic craftsmanship was only
+a _cache_ where robbers’ loot was gathered, or a gathering of costly
+material drawn together for safety from robbers, both of which
+alternatives seemed somewhat unlikely, the real tomb-chamber, with
+what was in all probability the unimaginable wealth of the great nest
+of coffins under its canopy, the coffers for the canopic vases, and
+all the other funerary regalia of a Pharaoh of the Empire, lay beyond
+the wall which closed the end of the first chamber. In that case,
+the revelations which awaited the explorers might well be of a kind
+which would make even the glories which had so far been disclosed
+look dim and paltry. The explorers must have been sorely tempted to
+pierce the wall at once, and so arrive at least at some conception of
+the magnitude of their find; but prudence forbade this. The amount of
+material already under their hands in the outer chambers was sufficient
+to occupy all the time of the experts who had gathered to the scene
+for many weeks. The fabrics concerned were all of them priceless, and
+some of them were of almost inconceivable delicacy. All of them were
+at least three thousand years old, and had during all that time been
+shut up in the still air of a subterranean vault. Until they had been
+carefully treated with preservatives, and insured, so far as possible,
+from the risks of exposure to the air and the heat of the upper world,
+it was impossible to do anything that would add to the task, already
+one of great labour and difficulty, which lay upon the explorers and
+their assistants. Accordingly curiosity was kept in check until the
+results of the first discovery should be secured, and the opening of
+what was hoped would prove the first intact royal tomb-chamber ever
+found in Egypt was deferred for awhile. Meanwhile for weeks the Valley
+of the Kings was beset, day after day, by throngs of tourists before
+whose astonished eyes there passed a seemingly endless procession of
+the marvels of ancient Egyptian craftsmanship of thirty centuries ago,
+and who seemed to take it as a personal grievance when the articles
+removed on any particular day were not sufficiently numerous or
+gorgeous to satisfy their craving for sensation. Tutankhamen became
+the fashion, and leaped at once into greater prominence than he ever
+enjoyed during his short and not particularly glorious reign.
+
+[Illustration: 23. DECORATION FROM A THEBAN TOMB.]
+
+When the contents of the outer chamber had been placed in safety,
+the time came for the breaking of the sealed wall which barred
+the sarcophagus-chamber from view; and on February 16 this was at
+last accomplished in the presence of a distinguished company of
+Egyptologists, though the formal opening, at which the Queen of the
+Belgians was present, did not take place till two days later. When
+it was possible to see through the growing aperture into the inner
+chamber, the sight revealed was one to take the breath away from the
+most hardened treasure-hunter. Practically the whole chamber was
+filled, from end to end, and side to side, by an object which no man
+has seen intact for more than three millenniums--the funerary canopy
+or shrine of an Egyptian Pharaoh of the New Empire, beneath which, it
+might be hoped, lay the successive coffins, with all their wealth of
+amulets and ushabtis, which guarded the mummy of the dead king. The
+canopy itself was of the most extraordinary beauty and splendour. It
+was of wood heavily gilded, carved with representations of the Buckle
+of Isis and the Pillar of Osiris, and inlaid with panels of that
+exquisite blue glaze of which the Egyptians were so justly fond. Its
+upper edge was formed by the familiar Egyptian gorge-cornice, and its
+roof was of the usual coved type, common in shrines of all sorts. So
+completely did it fill the chamber, that there was scarcely room to
+pass between it and the rock walls, which were rather poorly decorated
+with painted figures. On the east side of the canopy were bronze-hinged
+doors, and when these were opened, there appeared within a second
+canopy, entirely gilt, and closed with doors on which the seals, with
+their strings, were perfectly intact, a fact of great importance,
+since it signifies that in all probability the inner shrine remains
+absolutely as it was left on the day when the Pharaoh was laid to rest
+amidst all his splendours. Between the two canopies there lay alabaster
+vessels, amulets, scarabs of rare colour and fine material, and
+precious stones. Between the outer canopy and the wall of the chamber
+lay the paddles for the king’s barge on the waters of the Underworld.
+
+On the same side of the sarcophagus-chamber as the doors of the
+shrine, a large opening in the wall, which had never been closed, led
+into an annexe. On guard near the entrance of this room was an ebony
+and gold figure of the god Anubis as a jackal couchant on the top of
+his shrine. Perhaps the most conspicuous thing in the room was a great
+gilt coffer, standing over 5 feet high, and adorned along the top with
+golden uræi, which in all likelihood is the shrine containing the
+Canopic Jars in which the viscera of the royal mummy were deposited.
+On its four sides were figures of guardian goddesses, enfolding the
+shrine with their arms, and wrought with the most wonderful delicacy of
+modelling and realism of expression. They seemed, said one observer, to
+be turning reproachful faces towards the intruders who were disturbing
+the long peace of the tomb. The whole room was crowded with objects
+of all sorts, coffers and boxes of splendid material and workmanship,
+model boats for the king’s use in the Elysian Fields, ushabti figures
+in gold and silver, and one exquisite and unique specimen, absolutely
+complete, of the ostrich-feather fans which are so often depicted on
+the reliefs of royal processions. The handle of this beautiful piece
+of craftsmanship was of ivory, delicately carved and adorned with the
+royal cartouche inlaid in coloured stones.
+
+Such was something of the general impression which was left on the
+minds of the fortunate few who were privileged to be present at the
+most marvellous disclosure of the wealth and artistry of ancient Egypt
+which has ever been given to the world. The impression was of the
+briefest, for the explorers had reluctantly to come to the conclusion
+that it was impossible to carry the work further this season. The heat
+of the Egyptian spring in the sun-scorched valley was already growing
+almost unbearable; the amount of precious material already collected
+was such as would require months for its proper preservation and
+arrangement, and it was impossible to add to it a far greater quantity
+of still more priceless treasure without risking loss and damage.
+Accordingly, after the tomb had been kept open for a few days longer,
+it was decided to close it again until the autumn, when the conditions
+for work would be more favourable. The gang of workmen was set to work
+again, and by the end of February the tomb of Tutankhamen was once more
+piled with many hundred tons of rubbish, and the king was left beneath
+his gorgeous canopy to enjoy for a few months longer the sleep which
+had been unbroken for 3300 years.
+
+Strangely enough, the incident did not close without an event which
+seemed to cast a dark shadow across all the splendour of the discovery.
+Almost immediately after the triumph of the opening, and before the
+freshness of its interest had faded from men’s minds, Lord Carnarvon
+was stricken down with fever, and in the beginning of April he died
+in Cairo, leaving his great work still incomplete. There is no need
+to talk of the flood of superstitious drivel which was let loose over
+the world by what seemed so tragic an ending to so great a success.
+It is hard to say whether stupidity or cruelty were more conspicuous
+in it, and it remains self-condemned in the eyes of all reasonable
+people. There is, no doubt, an element of sadness in the thought that
+he without whom these treasures of the past might never have been
+disclosed did not live to see the completion of his work; but there
+is surely also an element of satisfaction in the thought that he knew
+that his long toil had not been in vain, and that he had accomplished
+something unique in the story of the exploration of that ancient world
+to which we owe so much. To leave the scene of triumph while the
+splendour of accomplishment is still undimmed has ever been esteemed
+the happiest of destinies. If it be so, then Lord Carnarvon was _felix
+opportunitate mortis_.
+
+Before we turn to the consideration of some of the chief treasures
+which have so far been gathered from the outer chambers of the tomb,
+let us devote a moment to the question of who the Pharaoh is whose
+splendours have thus dazzled the world, and what is known of his reign
+and his times. Not the least remarkable feature of the whole find is
+that the man around whom all this magnificence was gathered is just
+about one of the last of the Pharaohs whom one would have suspected
+of creating a sensation in the world of Egyptology. His reign is one
+of the shortest and least fully recorded in the roll of the XVIIIth
+Dynasty; indeed the only kings of the Dynasty who seem yet more
+insignificant than himself are his immediate predecessor Smenkhara, and
+his immediate successor Ay. The circumstances of his reign, so far as
+they are known, are briefly these. Tutankhamen began his career as one
+of the courtiers of Amenhotep IV (Akhenaten), and one of his supporters
+in the great revolution which he attempted to carry out on the religion
+of Egypt; though, from his apparent youth at the time of his death, he
+can scarcely have had any real share in the movement. Whether he was of
+the blood royal or not is uncertain. On the lion from Gebel Barkal, now
+in the British Museum, he calls Amenhotep III his father. If this means
+direct relationship, then he must have been the son of Amenhotep III by
+a secondary wife, and in that case he was a half-brother of Akhenaten,
+whose son-in-law he afterwards became. On the other hand, the title
+may be only one of respect applied to an indirect ancestor--really his
+grandfather-in-law. In any case he must have been of such noble rank,
+and of a family of such influence, that it was worth Akhenaten’s while
+to secure his adhesion to the new cause, even when he was no more than
+a boy, by marrying him to one of the young princesses. Accordingly
+he was married to the third of Akhenaten’s daughters, the princess
+Ankh. s. en. pa. aten, the first daughter, Meryt-aten, being married
+to another noble of the court, Smenkhara, and the second, Makt-aten,
+having died probably between her ninth and eleventh year; and at this
+time, and till after his accession to the throne, he bears the name
+Tutankhaten, the name of Amen being of course proscribed by the new
+faith.
+
+On the death of Akhenaten without male issue, Smenkhara, the husband
+of the eldest princess, naturally, according to Egyptian custom,
+succeeded to the throne, and reigned for a short and uncertain period;
+then on his death or deposition, the succession fell to Tutankhaten.
+For a time, apparently, he maintained himself in the new capital of
+Akhetaten (Tell el-Amarna), but the reaction in favour of the old faith
+of Amen proved too strong for him, and he was obliged to remove the
+court to Thebes, and to conform to the worship of Amen. His name was
+changed to Tutankhamen (Living Image of Amen), and that of his wife
+to Ankh. s. en. Amen (Her Life is from Amen), and every trace of the
+religious revolution was obliterated so far as possible. The duration
+of his reign is uncertain, and probably it cannot have been longer than
+nine years. It has been suggested, from the evidence of some of the
+articles in his tomb, that he died before attaining maturity--at all
+events he must have been still a young man at the time of his death.
+
+As to the events of his reign, we are much in the dark. The brilliance
+of his funerary equipment has led to the rather hasty conclusion that
+the reign was marked by a great renaissance of Egyptian art and power,
+and an attempt to regain the Empire which had been largely lost during
+the pacifist reign of Akhenaten; but this theory rests on very slight
+foundations, and, as we shall see, there is another and much more
+likely explanation of the splendour of the tomb. The only evidences of
+foreign enterprise during the reign are found in the inscriptions in
+the tombs of two of the great nobles of the period, Huy and Horemheb,
+the latter of whom usurped the throne after the death or deposition of
+Tutankhamen’s successor, Ay. In the tomb of Huy there are records of
+tribute from Syria and the Soudan, so that it is evident that Egyptian
+influence was not altogether gone in these two quarters; and one of
+the statements in the tomb of Horemheb seems to point to military
+operations in Syria under Tutankhamen. In this inscription, from a
+fragment in the Cairo Museum, Horemheb describes himself as “King’s
+follower on his expeditions in the south and north country,” and
+“Companion of the feet of his lord upon the battlefield on that day of
+slaying the Asiatics.”
+
+Beyond this, there is really no evidence as to any events of importance
+during the reign, whose significance is not in itself, but in the fact
+that it marks the triumph of the forces of reaction and the reversion
+to the ancient customs and faith of the land. The early death of
+Tutankhamen left his wife, Ankh. s. en. Amen, in a very difficult
+position. She was the only representative in the direct line of the
+great XVIIIth Dynasty; but in all probability her own tenure of the
+throne was very uncertain, and almost impossible.
+
+For a woman to rule the land was a thing not unheard of, for Hatshepsut
+had ruled with vigour and success; but it was an unusual thing, though
+a woman could give to her husband a legitimate title to the royal
+dignity. Further, there was a point which rendered the reign of Ankh.
+s. en. Amen virtually an impossibility. She was deeply stained, in
+the eyes of the dominant priesthood of Amen, by the fact that she was
+the daughter of “that criminal of Akhetaten,” as her father was now
+called. Her husband had saved his throne, and probably his life, by
+his conformity to the old faith, and her conversion had accompanied
+his; but the daughter of Akhenaten can never have been _persona grata_
+to the priests of Amen, and when her husband was gone she must have
+felt that her tenure of the crown, and her very life, hung by a very
+frail thread. Accordingly she took steps to place herself in a position
+of greater security. Curiously enough, there has come to light from
+Boghaz-Kyoi, the Hittite capital, a letter from one of the Hittite
+kings, probably Mursil II, telling of some of the events of the reign
+of his father Shubbiluliuma, which gives us our last glimpse of the
+poor widowed queen struggling in desperation to escape from the net of
+deadly danger which was drawing closer and closer around her.
+
+[Illustration: 24. DECORATION FROM A THEBAN TOMB--SOWING, REAPING, THE
+VINTAGE.]
+
+“Then their ruler,” says the Hittite king, “namely Bib-khuru-riyas [the
+Hittite version of Neb. kheperu-Ra, the Solar name of Tutankhamen],
+just at that moment died; now the Queen of Egypt was Dakhamun [the
+Hittite version of Ankh. s. en. Amen]. She sent an ambassador to my
+father; she said thus to him: ‘My husband is dead; I have no children;
+your sons are said to be grown up; if to me one of your sons you
+will give, and if he will be my husband, he will be a help; send
+him accordingly, and thereafter I will make him my husband. I send
+bridal gifts.’” The negotiations thus frankly opened by the queen
+apparently proceeded, not without some hitches, to the point when the
+bridegroom was selected from among the Hittite princes; for Mursil’s
+statement closes thus: “And then the lady soon fulfilled her words
+and selected one of the sons.” Something, however, must have hindered
+the completion of the marriage. What it was we may guess, but with no
+assurance that we are right. The Hittites were old enemies of Egypt,
+and while Ramses II, a century later, might safely wed a Hittite
+princess, it was quite another thing for a woman, very insecurely
+established on the throne, to propose to give Egypt a Hittite king.
+In itself the plan was likely to be most unpopular with poor Ankh. s.
+en. Amen’s subjects. Even more fatal to it would be the opposition of
+the priesthood. They, no doubt, had no desire to see the line of their
+great enemy established on the throne with a new lease of power, and
+backed by the might of the formidable Hittite Confederacy. It would
+be an easy thing for them to play on the native prejudice against the
+attempt to bring in a Hittite consort for their queen. The probability
+is that the very step which Ankh. s. en. Amen took to secure herself
+actually hastened, or at least made inevitable, her downfall. At all
+events the unlucky young widow disappears, with this letter, from the
+page of history; nor is it difficult to imagine the manner of her
+disappearance. The journey from the palace to the tomb has never been a
+long one for an unpopular sovereign in the East, whether in ancient or
+modern days.
+
+Such, then, is the story of Tutankhamen’s reign, so far as we know it.
+It may be that when all the secrets of his tomb are disclosed we may
+learn a little more of the man and his times, though that is rather
+more than unlikely, for the papyri which may be found in the great
+shrine of the sarcophagus-chamber will probably be, not historical,
+but purely religious. Meantime, at all events, we know no more, and
+the little that is known only seems to underline the contrast between
+the insignificance of the king and the splendour of the tomb which
+has dazzled all the world. The pathos of the whole thing can scarcely
+fail to appeal to the imagination. Here you have a dead monarch laid
+to rest with such pomp and magnificence that a mere glimpse of the
+glitter of his equipment has left the world bewildered and gaping; and
+when you try to conceive the actual facts of the lives behind all this
+gorgeousness, what you dimly discern, so far as you can see anything,
+is a poor young couple of children, for Tutankhamen and his wife were
+scarcely more than that, striving for a little to keep their heads
+above the dark flood of poisonous priestly hatred and intrigue which
+surged around them on every side, and sinking one after the other
+beneath their doom.
+
+ “The glories of our blood and state
+ Are shadows, not substantial things.”
+
+Obviously the time has not yet come for the discussion of the results
+of the discovery as these affect our ideas of Egyptian art and
+craftsmanship. It will be many months, perhaps years, before all the
+material is before the world in the shape of colour reproductions of
+the various articles, and until this work is completed comparisons
+with already known work cannot be made. Much that has been said with
+regard to the revolution in our ideas of Egyptian art which is to be
+brought about by the revelations of Tutankhamen’s tomb may have to
+be qualified or withdrawn in the light of fuller and more leisurely
+study, and certain things which were for the moment acclaimed as
+masterpieces will beyond doubt be deposed from an eminence which they
+would never have attained save under the influence of the enthusiasm of
+the moment. Still, even when all deductions have been made, there will
+remain an amount of material of the very highest quality, such as has
+never before been gathered together for the study of one of the most
+interesting periods of Egyptian history and art.
+
+Already it is manifest that some of the articles are quite without
+parallel in any existing collection of Egyptian antiquities. Parallels
+to most of them, probably to all, doubtless existed, and we can well
+imagine that even the finest things may have been far surpassed by the
+magnificence of a really great Pharaoh, such as Amenhotep III; but
+these splendours of the culminating period of the Empire no longer
+exist, or at least have not yet come to light, and we were obliged to
+form our conception of them from reliefs and paintings, and to fill in
+the details of their magnificence from our knowledge of the grandeur
+of the monarch for whose use they were made. Now for the first time
+we can see the actual creations themselves, and even if they belong,
+not to one of the greatest of the Pharaohs, but to a comparatively
+undistinguished monarch, still they represent the art of a period not
+far removed from the historic culmination of Egypt’s greatness, and it
+is quite within the bounds of possibility, as we shall see, that some
+of the most striking of them do indeed belong to the greater age of
+Tutankhamen’s ancestors, rather than to his own.
+
+Of all the articles so far removed from the tomb, the one which has
+attracted the most attention, and excited the most admiration, has
+been the Royal Throne, or Chair of State, which was found in the outer
+chamber. “It is one of the wonders of the world,” was the comment of
+Professor Breasted on his first view of it, and there seems to be
+little doubt that this enthusiastic praise is well deserved. Within
+the last quarter of a century, two of the royal thrones of two of the
+greatest empires of the ancient world have been brought to light, and
+the simple dignity of the Throne of Minos, discovered by Sir Arthur
+Evans in the Palace of Knossos, forms a most effective contrast and
+foil to the gorgeousness of the Throne of Tutankhamen of Thebes, from
+which it may be separated in date by not much more than a century, the
+Cretan throne being the earlier, and indeed the earliest royal throne
+known to exist.
+
+The Throne of Tutankhamen is of wood, covered with a thin plating of
+gold and adorned with finely carved lions’ heads. The arms of the
+chair are of modelled wood also overlaid with gold, and beneath them,
+on either side, is a sacred uræus, partly wrought in glaze, with the
+crown of Egypt in silver. On the back of the throne is a panel of
+beautiful workmanship, on which the king is represented seated, with
+his legs crossed, and giving his hand to the Queen, who is standing--a
+motive which in its unconventionality speaks distinctly of the
+realistic art of Tell el-Amarna, and suggests comparisons with the
+famous Berlin relief in which Akhenaten leans on his staff, while his
+Queen Nefertiti holds out a lotus bloom for him to sniff. The exposed
+flesh of the faces and other parts of the body is beautifully modelled
+in semi-opaque reddish glaze, while the King’s costume is rendered in
+painting overlaid with crystal. The queen’s dress is wrought in silver,
+and beside her, on a table, there stands a charming bouquet formed
+of semi-precious stones inlaid. The seat of the throne is patterned
+with blue, white, and gold mosaic squares, set in diagonal lines. The
+whole effect is gorgeous in the extreme, and the description of the
+workmanship takes one’s mind back at once to the King’s Gaming Board
+of the Palace of Knossos, with its blaze of blue and gold and crystal
+on ivory. Whether we are to infer Cretan influence in the Egyptian
+splendour, or whether Crete derived from earlier Egyptian work, is a
+question which may prove of interest in the future. At any rate, we
+know that the two great cultures were for many centuries in the closest
+touch, and that each borrowed from the other, adapting the foreign
+ideas to its own tastes.
+
+One of the features of the throne is highly suggestive of the
+conditions of Tutankhamen’s reign. On the gold plating of the chair,
+the royal cartouche has been altered, and shows the name which the
+king adopted after his conversion to orthodoxy. At the side of the
+arms, however, the cartouche, wrought in inlay of semi-precious stones
+and glass, remains unaltered, and still shows the old heretical form
+Tutankhaten. The manifest reason for the difference is that while it
+was comparatively easy to alter a cartouche wrought in gold plate, it
+was very much the opposite with one wrought in inlay. Tutankhamen,
+spite of his royal dignity, had, like Mrs. Gilpin, a frugal mind, and
+could see no sense in discarding his old Tell el-Amarna throne, even
+though it could not be perfectly adapted to his change of circumstances
+and of faith.
+
+So the throne survives to tell us, not only of the wonderful artistic
+skill of the Egyptian craftsman of 3300 years ago, but also of the
+difficulties and inconsistencies of such a period of transition as
+that in which Tutankhamen’s lot was cast. On the stele which he set
+up at Karnak, and which is now in the Cairo Museum, the king has
+described the miserable state of the kingdom on his accession. “When
+His Majesty became King of the South, the whole country was in a state
+of chaos, similar to that in which it had been in primeval times.
+From Elephantine to the Swamps of the Delta the properties of the
+temples of the gods and goddesses had been destroyed, their shrines
+were in a state of ruin, and their estates had become a desert. Weeds
+grew in the courts of the temples.” He tells us of the wonders of
+restoration which he accomplished when “Egypt and the Red Land came
+under his supervision, and every land greeted his will with bowings of
+submission.”
+
+But Horemheb’s Coronation Inscription suggests a somewhat different
+state of affairs from the picture of restored prosperity which
+Tutankhamen presents, and the hatred with which the later monarch
+pursued the memory of his predecessor hints that the reign of the
+half-heretic king was but reluctantly accepted, as a stage on the way
+to the full restoration of the ancient state of affairs--a stage whose
+fitting emblem is the throne with its symbols of the old faith and the
+new intermingled.
+
+One of the most interesting among the finds of the outer chamber is
+that of the boxes containing royal robes, both of the King and the
+Queen. Whether it may be found possible to preserve permanently these
+exquisitely dainty fabrics remains to be seen; meanwhile it may be said
+that what has been seen of them enhances our respect for the skill of
+the weavers of the XVIIIth Dynasty who wrought such superlatively fine
+stuffs. Incidentally, the Queen’s robes give us a curious link with the
+Egypt of a day far earlier than even that of Tutankhamen.
+
+In the Westcar Papyrus we are told how King Seneferu, the last king of
+the IIIrd Dynasty, about seventeen hundred years before the time of
+Tutankhamen, feeling bored one day, called to him the wizard Zazamankh,
+and demanded a cure for his ennui, and how the wizard prescribed a sail
+in the royal barge manned by twenty of the most beautiful maidens
+of the royal harem. “Bring me twenty oars of ebony inlaid with gold,
+with blades of light wood, inlaid with electrum; and bring me twenty
+maidens, fair in their limbs, their bosoms and their hair, all virgins;
+and bring me twenty fishing-nets, and give these nets unto the maidens
+for their garments.” Now the Queen’s robes, found in the tomb, “are
+made of the daintiest diaphanous bead net material.” Evidently the
+taste which inspired the novel prescription of the IIIrd Dynasty wizard
+persisted in the Egyptian Court. We should have inferred as much from
+the reliefs and paintings which have come down to us, but the robes
+from the Tutankhamen tomb are the solitary specimens of the royal dress
+of ancient Egypt which have survived to the present day.
+
+[Illustration: 25. HEAD OF THE HATHOR-COW, DER EL-BAHRI.]
+
+Along with these robes may be grouped the so-called coat of mail,
+which is one of the wonders of the ceremonial art of the time. The
+general type of this wonderful garment is familiar from Wilkinson’s
+representation of the corselet pictured in the tomb of Ramses III, with
+its overlapping scales of metal. In the case of Tutankhamen’s corselet,
+however, the scales, instead of being of bronze on leather, are
+pear-shaped links of faience laid on gold and backed with linen, which,
+of course, has almost entirely perished, rendering the reconstitution
+of the coat a matter of great difficulty. The collar shows a rich
+pattern of concentric rings and rectangular plaques of faience in deep
+turquoise blue, and red and yellow. Below the collar, and wrought into
+the breast of this superb piece of mail, is a brilliant design
+stretching right across the chest, representing the hawk-headed Horus
+introducing Tutankhamen to Amen. Should it be possible to complete
+the restoration of this beautiful piece of design, we shall be in
+possession of a unique specimen of the Egyptian armourer’s art, though,
+of course, it is such a piece of armour as was never destined to be
+worn on active service, but only on ceremonial occasions. Indeed, it
+is probable that the ceremonial occasion for which it was designed was
+that of the King’s funeral; for we know from the Rainer Papyrus that
+such corselets formed, at least in later days, an essential portion of
+the royal funerary furnishing--so much so that the funeral could not be
+completed without them.
+
+Between six and seven hundred years after the time of Tutankhamen, the
+funeral of Eiorhoreru, prince of Heliopolis, could not be completed
+because Ka. amenhotep, prince of Mendes, had stolen his funerary
+breastplate. Pimay, the son of the dead prince, has to win the corselet
+back in a tournament before he can get his father buried with the
+proper ceremonies. A matter of seven hundred years is nothing in the
+life of an Egyptian custom; and there can be little doubt that the
+corselet of Tutankhamen is just such a ceremonial breastplate as that
+for whose possession Pimay and his allies fought in tourney against
+Ka. amenhotep and his friends, with Pedubast of Tanis, overlord of the
+Delta, as judge of the passage of arms.
+
+Among the other articles of royal wearing apparel were the magnificent
+sandals with their decoration of golden ducks’ heads and gold
+roundels. The leather of the sandals had almost entirely perished with
+the lapse of time, being turned into a substance more like glue; but
+it retained sufficient tenacity to hold the decorative work together,
+and to let us see how magnificently a Pharaoh of the Empire was shod
+and how gorgeous were the feet before which the vassal kings of Syria
+and the Soudan bowed down, “seven times and seven times.” Interesting
+too, in their own way, were the child’s linen glove, and the child’s
+tippet, of linen with sequin decoration. Speculation has framed, on the
+basis of the small size of these and other articles, the theory that
+the king died in early youth, in fact when he had scarcely emerged from
+childhood. We know nothing, however, of the reason for the presence of
+these articles in the tomb; and the foundation for such speculations
+is far too slight to bear the weight of inference which it is sought
+to rear upon it. From other and more satisfactory reasons it has
+been inferred that Tutankhamen died in early maturity; but that is a
+different matter.
+
+Nothing is more fitted to reconcile us to the destiny which has
+decreed that we should live in the drab and unpicturesque twentieth
+century than the contemplation of the inconveniences with which the
+kings and great folk of the bygone ages had to put up in the midst
+of the glittering splendours which dazzle our imagination. One of
+these is hinted at by the presence in the tomb of the candlesticks
+which bore the light of Tutankhamen’s days. They are small bronze
+articles, shaped in the form of the Ankh, and carrying fastened to
+them linen wicks, which were, no doubt, soaked in oil. As small
+pieces of decorative workmanship, they are pretty enough; but it is
+impossible to imagine anything much less satisfactory in the way of
+lighting than they would seem to be. No doubt there were other and
+bigger candlesticks than these, and we cannot imagine that a luxurious
+court like that of Thebes would not have something corresponding to
+the great stone standard lamps which flared and sputtered in the halls
+and corridors of the contemporary palace of Minos at Knossos; but even
+so, the lighting of an Egyptian palace must have been what we should
+think miserably inefficient, and Pharaoh must have been sorely put to
+it to find occupation for his evenings, when all the glitter of his
+gorgeousness grew dim and shabby in the light of the miserable smoking
+and flickering lamps which at best can have done little more than to
+make darkness visible.
+
+A prominent feature among the heaps of wonderful things in the tomb
+was the group of elaborately carved alabaster vases which has been so
+often figured and so much be-praised since the discovery was made.
+Of the interest attaching to these extraordinary vases there can be
+no question; but when we are told that they are “the most beautiful
+alabaster vases in the world,” it is time to enter a protest. They are
+nothing of the sort.
+
+As specimens of workmanship they are wonderful enough; as specimens of
+art they are flagrantly bad,--characteristic types of an art which has
+passed its maturity and is on the downgrade. The over-elaboration and
+the far too complicated character of their decoration are sufficient to
+condemn them, and they are not to be compared for one moment, from the
+point of artistic value, with the simple and graceful forms of earlier
+work. Indeed, even in Tutankhamen’s tomb, and in the same chamber with
+these over-praised and overdone pieces of pretentiousness, there were
+vases far more worthy of praise for their artistic quality than the
+ones whose noisy ornamentation has singled them out for a notice which
+they do not deserve.
+
+Of all the objects so far removed from the tomb, none has attracted
+more attention, and none seems likely to create more controversy,
+than the group of extraordinary gilt state couches, the Lion, Hathor,
+and Typhon couches, as they came to be called. The thing which drew
+attention to them was not their beauty, for anything more hideous it
+is impossible to imagine; it was their strangeness. With Egyptian
+couches and biers the world was pretty familiar before; but these were
+widely different, with their quiet and shapely lines, from the barbaric
+monstrosities of Tutankhamen’s tomb. The heads of the couches present,
+indeed, some resemblances to familiar Egyptian types; but even so, the
+suggestion which rises to the mind on viewing them is that these are
+Egyptian types interpreted by an alien temperament and executed by
+alien craftsmen. It seems almost impossible to believe that an Egyptian
+craftsman, with his tradition of taste and restraint, would ever have
+produced such abortions, calculated to produce nightmares instead of
+slumber in those who tried to rest upon them.
+
+Accordingly Professor Petrie has asserted that these couches are
+not of Egyptian workmanship at all. No Egyptian workman, he says,
+ever produced work assembled with bronze joints as these couches
+are; they must have been produced in a distant country, and jointed
+in this fashion for convenience of transport, being reassembled on
+their arrival. Further, the decoration (trefoil) on one of them is
+characteristically Babylonian. Therefore it seems probable that we
+must look to Babylon for their origin; and Professor Petrie suggests
+that these are the identical couches to which the Babylonian king
+Kadashman-Enlil refers in one of the Tell el-Amarna letters, where he
+says, writing to Amenhotep III, that he is sending to the Egyptian king
+“a couch of _ushu_ wood, ivory and gold, three couches and six thrones
+of _ushu_ and gold,” and other furniture.
+
+There is nothing unlikely in the idea that couches of such
+international importance, coming from one great monarch to another,
+should have been preserved for the matter of forty years or so,
+and buried as heirlooms in the tomb of the last of the line; and
+the suggestion lends an added interest to the ugly things. Sir
+E. A. W. Budge, however, rejects the idea, and asserts that the beast
+represented on the most hideous of the couches is simply the composite
+monster Ammit, “the Eater of the Dead,” so often represented in the
+Judgment Scene in the vignettes of the _Book of the Dead_. “The
+Mesopotamians knew of no such beast, and the couch or bier could only
+have been made in Egypt, where the existence of Ammit was believed in
+and the fear of her was great.” In support of his opinion he quotes
+from the Papyrus of Hunefer--“Her forepart is crocodile,” and anyone
+familiar with the Judgment Scene will remember that this certainly is
+so. The trouble is that whatever the hideous monster of Tutankhamen’s
+tomb may represent, “her forepart” certainly is _not_ crocodile. It
+is ugly and sinister enough for anything; but no Egyptian craftsman
+would have dreamed of trying to pass this clumsy monster off as a
+representation of a crocodile--one of the most familiar of objects.
+
+Especially in view of the methods of construction involved--a point
+on which no man is better qualified than Petrie to pronounce an
+opinion--Budge seems to have done nothing to invalidate the Babylonian
+suggestion, which, for the rest, takes its place very naturally, as we
+shall see, in the explanation of the extraordinary wealth of furniture
+found in the tomb of one of the least famous Pharaohs of the XVIIIth
+Dynasty. The couches seem, to an unprejudiced mind, just such work as
+would be produced by a clever workman working on motives which were
+quite foreign to his usual practice, and therefore producing results
+which, while they have a distinct resemblance to the types which he was
+imitating, yet show these as seen and interpreted by an outsider, and
+not by one to whom they were parts of his normal training.
+
+Of the statues found in the tomb, two, the life-sized ones of
+bituminised wood adorned with gold, were fine specimens of the normal
+type of tomb portrait; the third, the so-called “Mannikin,” was of a
+different class. It was only a half-length, and lacked the arms; but
+in other respects it was a careful and artistic piece of work and
+obviously a faithfully studied portrait. The idea that its imperfect
+condition is due to the fact that it was a sort of glorified tailor’s
+dummy, on which the royal robes were fitted before being worn by the
+Pharaoh, may probably be dismissed without ceremony. It is not obvious
+why, in a period when court dress was of the most elaborate type,
+with long robes of fine linen falling to the feet, and wide sleeves
+coming almost to the elbow, the mannikin should have neither legs
+nor arms, which one would have judged essential for the purpose of
+trying the fall of the robe. Another view was that it was a portrait,
+not of Tutankhamen, but of his wife, Ankh. s. en. Amen. There can be
+no doubt about the quality of the portrait, though to talk of “the
+strange pensive smile playing about the lips, recalling the baffling
+smile of Da Vinci’s Mona Lisa,” is to invite comparisons which are
+scarcely fair to the older work of art; but it certainly is not the
+portrait of a woman. It may be a head-portrait of the type not uncommon
+in Old Kingdom tombs; or it may be part of the foundation of a copper
+statue, like that of Pepy of the Old Kingdom, though in that case it is
+difficult to see why it should have been so carefully coloured.
+
+In the meantime it is impossible to say much about the treasures of the
+sarcophagus-chamber and its annexe. Scarcely more than a glimpse has
+been vouchsafed of these, no more than enough to whet curiosity and
+expectation. But there can be little doubt that the splendour of the
+two inner chambers will be in accordance with the preface to it which
+the outer chambers have yielded. No one can doubt the magnificence of
+the great canopy, which in itself would be a treasure beyond price;
+and all observers are at one as to the marvellous beauty of the shrine
+with the four goddesses. The motive of its decoration is, of course,
+one perfectly familiar in Egyptian art, and is found in all ages. The
+beautiful pink granite sarcophagus of Tutankhamen’s successor and enemy
+Horemheb, for instance, has as part of its adornment another version
+of the same idea of the protecting goddess. But the detail of the
+Canopic Shrine, if it prove to be such, appears to be of a quality and
+inspiration rare even in the finest Egyptian work. For the rest, we can
+only wait and hope.
+
+[Illustration: 26. COLOSSUS OF RAMSES II, LUXOR.]
+
+A good deal has been said about the need of recasting our ideas of
+Egyptian history in the light of the new information which has been
+gained from the tomb of Tutankhamen, and some writers have hinted that
+our whole conception of the close of the XVIIIth Dynasty is wrong, and
+must be recast to square with the new facts. We are asked to discard
+the idea of an Egypt beginning to decline from the lofty position which
+she had held under Thothmes III and Amenhotep III, and to substitute
+for this the picture of an Egypt waking with renewed strength from
+the uneasy religious dreams of the reign of Akhenaten, and asserting
+once more, and with greater vigour than ever, her dominion in the
+realms of both politics and art.
+
+All this is merely a vain imagination. Historically, no new facts have
+emerged from the tomb of Tutankhamen. It is scarcely true to say, with
+Budge, that “we know no more now about the reign of this king than we
+did before Lord Carnarvon made his phenomenal discovery.” That would
+only be the case on the narrow reading of the meaning of history
+which would confine it to the mere recording of dates, conquests, and
+legislation. The art of any period constitutes no small part of its
+history, and for the history of far-past times it is one of our most
+valuable sources of information; and we may surely look for a large
+extension of our knowledge of the art of ancient Egypt in the reign of
+Tutankhamen from the treasures of his tomb.
+
+But so far as concerns the facts of what the king, and Egypt under his
+leadership, accomplished in the matter of raising again the declining
+prestige and power of the Empire, we know no more than we did before
+the tomb was opened; nor is it likely that when the work is completed
+we shall have gained much more information, if any, on this point.
+For the likelihood is that if there are any papyri beneath the great
+golden canopy, they will be of a purely religious type, versions of
+one or other of the different forms of spiritual guide-book which the
+devout Egyptian carried with him on his long journey through the dark
+Underworld.
+
+The artistic value of the find is another matter. There can be no
+question but that this splendid collection of the finest work of the
+craftsmen of the XVIIIth Dynasty, by far the greatest assemblage of
+such work known to exist, will prove of the utmost importance in
+shaping and correcting our ideas of Egyptian art at one of the most
+interesting points of its long development. Never before has such a
+mass of material of the highest class been available for study. Yet
+even here it would be rash to assume that the result will be any
+considerable modification of our views as to the period of culmination
+of the art of the New Empire. At the most, and assuming that all the
+art of the tomb is strictly of the time of the king with whose burial
+it is associated, and that its quality is all of the supreme standard
+which has been attributed to it, the net result would be the shifting
+of the apex of the curve a matter of thirty or thirty-five years, a
+small thing when we are dealing with an art whose history is written in
+millenniums. But it seems likely that even this is more than we need
+necessarily assume.
+
+There is always the possibility that in the tomb of Tutankhamen we are
+dealing, not only with the splendours of one king, but perhaps also
+with many of the heirlooms of the royal house to which he belonged, in
+which case we should be faced with specimens of the art, not of one
+period of a few years’ duration, but with those of perhaps a whole
+century, perhaps of a longer period still. The work of sifting out
+the various sources and periods of the materials found in the tomb
+will prove a most fascinating, if also a most difficult, task; when it
+is accomplished--the work of years--we may be in a position to speak
+more definitely about the change or the confirmation which the tomb
+of Tutankhamen has brought to our previous theories of the growth and
+decline of Egyptian art; meanwhile we must wait, with the assurance
+that even in the extremest case, the discovery can scarcely commit us
+to anything revolutionary of our previous conceptions.
+
+The mention of the possibility of some of the articles found in the
+tomb being family heirlooms of the XVIIIth Dynasty brings up the last
+question with which it is necessary to deal in this short survey.
+How does it come about that a Pharaoh of no great standing in the
+long line of Egyptian monarchs--a mere stopgap king, a pigmy between
+giants--was buried with surroundings whose splendour exceeds anything
+known in all the story of royal magnificence? The discoveries of
+Tutankhamen’s wonderful funerary equipment make us wonder what we may
+have lost in the fact that his is the only royal tomb which has been
+found practically unrifled. Had we found, for instance, the tomb of
+a really great Pharaoh, such as Amenhotep III, as intact as that of
+his descendant, we should have been in a better position to form a
+judgment on the matter; but that unfortunately has been denied us.
+One suggestion may be made, with the proviso that it is no more than
+a suggestion, which may be confirmed or disproved by subsequent
+investigation. It has already been suggested that some of the most
+curious, if not the most beautiful, of the finds are relics, not of the
+time of Tutankhamen, but of Amenhotep III, dating therefore from forty
+years before the time when they were stored away in the Valley of the
+Kings; and it has also been suggested that another very interesting
+article, the footstool with figures of Asiatic captives inlaid upon
+it, dates from an even earlier period, that of Amenhotep II, and is
+therefore a century older than the time to which the burial belongs.
+
+Tutankhamen, we know, was the last king of the direct line of the
+XVIIIth Dynasty. His widow, Ankh. s. en. Amen, was left in a most
+insecure position from which she made, as we know, a desperate and
+unavailing effort to extricate herself. May it not be that, with the
+consciousness that all the glories of her house were in danger of
+passing to mere usurpers of undistinguished origin, such as the obscure
+priest Ay, who succeeded Tutankhamen, or the commonplace soldier
+Horemheb, who drove Ay from the throne, she secured at least some of
+the most treasured heirlooms of the royal house from desecration by
+hiding them in the tomb of her dead husband?
+
+It is, of course, only an idea, which must stand or fall by the results
+of future study; but it seems, at least in the meantime, to offer a
+reasonable explanation of a point on which no other explanation is for
+the present forthcoming.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+LIFE, ARTS, AND CRAFTS IN THE LAND OF THE NILE
+
+
+Practically the whole of our knowledge of the conditions under which
+life was lived in Egypt, of the organisation of society, of the arts
+and crafts by which the needs and tastes of the people were met, is
+due to the results of excavation during the last century. We owe, of
+course, a great deal to the statements of Herodotus and Diodorus as to
+the conditions which they found existing in their time; but the great
+source of information must always be the mass of first-hand material
+which has been gathered, mainly from the tombs with their wealth of
+funerary furnishings, by the work of the excavator. Therefore it would
+seem that the fitting conclusion to our brief survey of the various
+aspects of excavation should be a sketch of the life of ancient Egypt,
+with the arts and crafts which ministered to its necessities and its
+luxuries. Such a sketch must, of course, be of the slightest and least
+elaborated type, for the amount of material is so enormous that only
+the most salient points can be touched; but it may still be true so far
+as it goes, and may perhaps serve as an outline within which further
+details may be inserted by the student of ancient Egyptian life.
+
+First of all, we may take the framework of society. Through the whole
+of Egyptian history the outline of this is very much the same, though
+there are many variations in the relative importance of the various
+parts. The head of the state is always the Pharaoh, placed on a level
+immensely above even the most powerful of his subjects, but, as we
+shall see, by no means an irresponsible tyrant, but rather a limited
+monarch, governing in accordance with strictly defined customs.
+
+Beneath him are the great nobles and the great official class--two
+sections of society which were not in ancient Egypt, as in so many
+other ancient realms, virtually different names for the same thing.
+
+Then came the priestly class, at all times one of the most important
+in the land, and tending at certain periods, with the weakening of the
+royal power, to overshadow all the other interests.
+
+It appears that there was a definitely military class, with definite
+lands assigned to it for its support, though in the earlier days of
+the kingdom the wars were not the business of a separate class of
+professional soldiers, but were carried on by a general levy of the
+people. The other great land-holding class of the nation was that of
+the husbandmen, who apparently were much of our own old yeoman type,
+holding their land by the payment of taxes.
+
+Behind these classes, which, so to speak, formed the backbone of
+the nation, came the shepherds, hunters, artificers, traders, and
+workers at other subsidiary occupations. These held no land, and their
+occupations appear to have been mainly hereditary, no artisan being
+allowed to pass from one trade to another, or to have his children
+reckoned in any other class than his own. The various trades must
+have been organised more or less after the plan of the mediæval
+trade-guilds, though in the case of Egypt the organisation was
+apparently a national, and not a local affair. Beneath the tradesmen
+came the slave class, whose number varied pretty much according to the
+wars on which the nation was engaged, and their fruitfulness, or the
+opposite, in yielding captives.
+
+Slave labour was never a prominent feature of Egyptian life, and Petrie
+estimates the slave population of the land at its maximum at no more
+than a quarter of a million out of a possible population of twelve
+millions.
+
+To the imagination of most folk probably the mention of “Pharaoh,
+King of Egypt,” suggests a typical Oriental tyrant, responsible to
+nothing but his own passions, and governing according to the whim
+of the moment. Such a picture may have been true of an Assyrian or
+Babylonian king, like Ashurbanipal or Nebuchadnezzar, and perhaps
+the frequency of assassination in the records of the Assyrian kings
+hints that it was; but it certainly was not true of ancient Egypt.
+Pharaoh’s own grandiose inscriptions, and the fiction which regarded
+him as a god incarnate, may suggest unbridled power; but as a matter
+of fact, Pharaoh was anything but the rampant and romantic despot whom
+we imagine distributing life and death at his own capricious will, but
+rather a somewhat humdrum constitutional monarch, whose every action
+was regulated for him centuries before he was born, by an unchanging
+custom, and who could no more step beyond the limits which immemorial
+laws had assigned to him than he could jump out of his skin, or off his
+own shadow.
+
+The thing which amazed the Greeks, with their experience of
+irresponsible tyrants, was the fact that so great a king as Pharaoh
+was not the master, but the servant of the laws. “He could not do any
+public business, condemn or punish any man to gratify his own humour or
+revenge, or for any other unjust cause; but was bound to do according
+as the laws had ordered in every particular case.... The kings,
+therefore, carrying this even hand towards all their subjects, were
+more beloved by them than by their own kindred.”
+
+Petrie has suggested that it is this limitation of the power of the
+Pharaoh which is accountable for the unusual stability of the Egyptian
+throne. “The absence of republican interludes, so frequent in other
+parts of the Mediterranean, was apparently due to the monarchy being
+strictly limited by law. However bad an Egyptian might be personally,
+he could not earn the hatred of his subjects like the irresponsible
+Greek tyrants or Roman emperors.”
+
+[Illustration: 27. PORTRAIT-STATUE OF MENTUEMHAT, CAIRO MUSEUM.]
+
+Indeed Pharaoh according to fact is a very different figure from
+Pharaoh according to imagination. We must try to substitute for
+the gorgeous tiger of our fancies the figure, gorgeous enough indeed,
+so far as concerns his apparel, of a laborious servant of the State
+whose life, instead of being spent in wild orgies of licence and wild
+explosions of ferocity, was mainly occupied, from the time when he rose
+in the morning to the time when he crawled to bed at night, in a manner
+quite familiar to royalty in our own country, in signing dull reports,
+and reading dull dispatches, presiding over long and wearisome temple
+services, and travelling about the country to see that everything was
+working smoothly.
+
+The new picture is by no means so picturesque as the old one; but it
+is the real Pharaoh, and no doubt it was for the good, both of his
+subjects and himself, that “Pharaoh had to act every hour according
+to fixed routine, without room for the licence of a Dionysius or a
+Caligula.” The brilliant tiger looks romantic in a story, but when
+his despotism becomes unbearable it has generally to be tempered by
+assassination, as with Sargon, Sennacherib, and many another; but as a
+matter of fact the Egyptian Pharaoh generally managed to die quietly in
+his own bed when his time came.
+
+Not that he had not his own power, and his own initiative. His headship
+of the State involved headship of the army in war, and this was no
+polite fiction, where Pharaoh reaped the glory while his soldiers had
+the danger. Seqenen-Ra’s mummy, with its ghastly wounds on head and
+face, tells us how real was the duty of Egyptian royalty in the day
+of battle. Thothmes III led the van of his army through the defile of
+Aaruna, when his chosen captains shirked the task, and though we need
+not believe all that Ramses II tells us about his share in the battle
+of Kadesh, there is no doubt that he fought hand to hand with the
+Hittites in the forefront of the battle, and at least proved himself a
+good trooper, whatever may be thought of his generalship. Much power
+also lay in his hands in respect of the selection and advancement of
+able men from the lower to the higher ranks of the public service, and
+of rewarding their work with grants of land, of initiating the great
+public works which were often of such untold benefit to the land, and
+of conducting the Foreign-Office business of the country, and the
+negotiation of treaties. In short, Pharaoh had no lack of work to do,
+and was probably like his modern successors in Kingship, one of the
+hardest-worked men in the land; but from start to finish, the Egyptian
+monarchy was a limited one.
+
+Two instances of the limitation of the royal power, and its strict
+subjection to law, may be given. When Queen Amtes was tried, in the
+reign of Pepy I of the VIth Dynasty, for some unspecified offence,
+the trial was conducted without even the presence of the king. “His
+Majesty,” says Una in his famous inscription, “caused me to enter in
+order to hear the case alone. No chief judge and vizier at all, no
+prince at all was there, but only I alone, because I was excellent,
+because I was pleasant to the heart of His Majesty.” Again, in
+the time of King Ramses III of the XXth Dynasty, there was a great
+palace conspiracy arising out of an intrigue in the harem to dethrone
+Ramses, and put the son of one of the harem ladies on the throne. In
+most other Oriental palaces the discovery of such a thing would have
+been the signal for a general massacre. Instead of executing summary
+justice, Ramses appointed a commission, giving them these remarkable
+instructions: “What the people have spoken, I do not know. Hasten to
+investigate it. You will go and question them, and those who must die,
+you will cause to die by their own hand, without my knowing anything
+of it. You will also cause the punishment awarded to the others to be
+carried out without my knowing anything of it.”
+
+Pharaoh may not always have been a model of propriety or of rectitude;
+but he was far too strictly hedged about by precedent to allow of
+the brutal tyranny and licence which have so often marked other
+Eastern monarchies, and, besides, one fails to see how, with his time
+so completely filled as we know it to have been, with all sorts of
+necessary routine, he can have had much opportunity for mischief, even
+if he had the desire.
+
+The king’s chief functionary and right-hand man was the Vizier, who
+must have been just about as hard-worked a man as his master. The
+inscription in the tomb of Rekhmara, who was vizier under Thothmes III,
+enumerates thirty separate functions which had to be discharged by the
+fortunate holder of this great office. “The vizier is Grand Steward of
+all Egypt, and all the activities of the State are under his control.
+He has general oversight of the treasury, and the chief treasurer
+reports to him; he is chief justice, or head of the judiciary; he
+is chief of police, both for the residence-city and the kingdom; he
+is minister of war, both for army and navy; he is secretary of the
+interior and of agriculture, while all general executive functions of
+State, with many that may not be classified, are incumbent upon him.
+There is indeed no prime function of the State which does not operate
+through his office. He is a veritable Joseph, and it must be this
+office which the Hebrew writer has in mind in the story of Joseph.”
+Altogether we may conclude that, whatever the salary of the vizier may
+have been, he probably earned it.
+
+A quaint picture of the way in which a high Egyptian official was
+hedged about with routine is given by Rekhmara in his description
+of the procedure of the court of justice. “As for every act of this
+official, the vizier while hearing in the hall of the vizier, he shall
+sit upon a chair, with a rug upon the floor, and a dais upon it, a
+cushion under his back, a cushion under his feet, and a baton at his
+hand; the forty skins [parchments of the codified law] shall be open
+before him. Then the magnates of the South shall stand in the two
+aisles before him, while the master of the privy chamber is on his
+right, the receiver of income on his left, the scribes of the vizier
+at his either hand; one corresponding to another, with each man at his
+proper place. One shall be heard after another, without allowing one
+who is behind to be heard before one who is in front.”
+
+The great offices of State, of course, often fell to men of high rank,
+and of hereditary influence. Rekhmara himself came of noble family,
+and succeeded his uncle in the vizierate. But this was by no means
+necessarily the case. Egypt always presented the career open to talent
+which Napoleon desired. “All through the history there was a free
+rising of ability from the lower levels, as we see in England--Wolsey,
+the butcher’s son, and many others.... This was a chief cause of the
+durability of Egyptian society; great as the differences were, there
+was a gradation interlocking all through, as in England.”
+
+A notable instance of the rise of a talented man is given by the
+tomb-inscription of that same Una whom we have already seen presiding
+over the trial of Queen Amtes. Beginning his official career as an
+“inferior custodian of the domain of Pharaoh,” Una during three reigns
+steadily climbed up the official ladder, until at last he became
+governor of the South under Merenra, and was the favoured official
+chosen to fetch the granite for the royal sarcophagus and pyramid from
+the quarries at Aswan. Senmut again, the famous architect and minister
+of Queen Hatshepsut, tells us in the inscription on his statue at
+Karnak that he was “the greatest of the great in the whole land,” and
+seems to have held power not inferior to that of the vizier, though
+there is no evidence that he held that office; yet he tells us in his
+Berlin inscription that “his ancestors were not found in writing,” or
+in other words, that he was a self-made man.
+
+The elaborately organised court held many offices both ornamental and
+useful, which gave openings for talent or ambition. Perhaps one of the
+most influential positions was one which involved no very important
+duties, but brought the holder of it into close and constant touch
+with Pharaoh. This was the position of the “fan-bearer at the king’s
+right hand.” His function was purely ornamental, and he can be seen
+in paintings and reliefs carrying a tiny fan beside the king’s litter
+as the symbol of his office, while the real work of fanning is done
+by the ordinary fan-bearers with their big business-like fans; but
+he was the highest court-official, a sort of Lord Chamberlain, with
+powers of giving or denying entry to the presence, and no doubt his
+favour was all-important to a petitioner, as that of one who had the
+ear of Pharaoh. As to the rest of the court, there was a multitude of
+officials quite comparable to the tail of useless boot-lickers who
+adorned the court of Louis XIV; but one imagines that, in earlier days
+at least, the courtier of Pharaoh had to do more for his position than
+the hanger-on of the Grand Monarque.
+
+The priesthood formed a very large and very influential class. In
+theory, the King was always the Supreme Priest, the Pontifex Maximus
+of the kingdom, and very often several of the high-priesthoods of the
+different gods were held by members of the royal family, thus securing
+that the Pharaoh should be represented in the priestly councils whose
+loyalty or disloyalty might mean so much to the stability of his
+throne. Thus in the reign of Ramses II, his favourite son Khaemuast,
+the Wizard-Prince of the Setna papyrus, was high-priest of Ptah at
+Memphis. No doubt the fact that there was such a multitude of gods,
+whose priesthoods were all jealous of one another, was some security
+against the overwhelming influence of the priestly caste, especially in
+the earlier days; but the fate of Akhenaten’s movement showed that in
+spite of local jealousies the priestly caste was really one in face of
+any attempt to diminish its power and privileges; and in the end the
+unquestioned supremacy of Amen led to the Amen priesthood gaining a
+position and influence which was superior to that of the weak Ramesside
+Pharaohs, and which resulted in the supersession of the true royal
+line, and the substitution for it of the XXIst Dynasty of priest-kings.
+Even before things had reached such a pitch, the immense wealth which
+the piety of successive kings had accumulated in the coffers of the
+priesthoods, and especially of that of Amen, must have constituted a
+real danger to the state, while the amount of land held by the priests,
+and so exempt from taxation, went with the other accumulation to
+constitute a steady drain on the national resources which in the end
+they were not able to bear.
+
+The class of the great nobles was held in strict subordination to
+the royal power in the days of the strong early monarchs of the
+Old Kingdom; but, with the weakening of the royal authority which
+followed the Vth Dynasty, the honours and powers which Pharaoh had
+heaped on his faithful courtiers, and which had been a convenient
+relief to the central authority as shifting part of the burden of
+local administration to the shoulders of the local great men, proved
+a danger to the State. A kind of feudal system grew up in which the
+local chieftains assumed the powers and as much as they could afford
+of the splendours of Pharaoh himself, claiming to hold their offices
+by hereditary right, maintaining their own armies, holding their own
+courts of justice, and even daring to place after their own names in
+their proclamations the formula, “Living for ever and ever,” which had
+hitherto been the sacred attribute of the crown alone.
+
+The revival of the monarchy, first under the Antefs and Mentuhoteps
+of the XIth Dynasty, and then under the Senuserts and Amenemhats of
+the XIIth Dynasty, however, soon curbed the pretensions of these petty
+princelets, and the changes of the Hyksos invasion and the War of
+Independence wiped out the last relics of the Egyptian feudal system,
+which never revived under the New Empire. Even under strong kings like
+the Pharaohs of the Middle Kingdom, the courts of the local nomarchs
+were no small things, as they might employ anything from fifty to a
+hundred officials, from the steward down to the “mat-spreader.”
+
+[Illustration: 28. Vth DYNASTY RELIEF-WORK, TOMB OF PTAH-HETEP.]
+
+Tomb-inscriptions are not perhaps the most trustworthy sources as to
+the personal character of a class of men, nor are we to expect that
+Ameny or Khnemhotep will tell us anything of the shady side of
+their administration. Yet it must be confessed that Ameny’s story
+of his administration of the Oryx Nome gives a pleasant picture of
+the relations of a great local noble and official to the people of
+his province; and we may say that if Egypt in the time of the Middle
+Kingdom had many nomarchs of his stamp, she was a fortunate land.
+
+“There was no citizen’s daughter whom I misused,” says the great
+man, “there was no widow whom I oppressed, there was no peasant whom
+I repulsed, there was no shepherd whom I repelled, there was not a
+foreman of five from whom I took his men for forced work. There was not
+a pauper around me; there was not a hungry man of my time. When there
+came years of famine, I arose, I ploughed all the fields of the Oryx
+Nome to its southern and its northern boundary, I kept its inhabitants
+alive, making provision so that there was not a hungry man in it. I
+gave to the widow as to her that possessed a husband; nor did I exalt
+the great above the small in all that I gave. Thereafter great rises of
+the Nile took place, producing wheat and barley and all things; but I
+did not exact the arrears of the farm.” “I gave bread to the hungry,”
+says another noble, “and clothes to the naked, and gave a passage in my
+own boat to those who could not cross. I was a father to the orphan, a
+husband to the widow, a protection from the wind to the shivering; I am
+one who spake what was good, and related what was good. I acquired my
+possessions in a just manner.”
+
+All this may savour a little of Pharisaic self-righteousness to us;
+but at least it shows that there was a recognised idea, among the
+governing class, of the duties which a great man owed to those under
+him, and the possession of such an ideal must have made bad government
+more difficult.
+
+The same praise can scarcely be given to the ideals of the other
+important, though minor, official class, the scribes. The Egyptian
+scribe belonged to a type with which we are perfectly familiar still,
+the type of the petty official who thinks that there is nothing in
+all the world so fine as petty officialdom, unless it be superior
+officialdom, and who looks down on all other professions with a scorn
+which is only equalled by his ignorance. In a land where writing was so
+complicated a matter, and where it so early assumed supreme importance,
+where also the annual inundation with its obliterating of landmarks
+made the possession of written records a matter of great importance,
+the scribe obviously had a splendid field for his work, and for the
+development of all his peculiar vices. It was possible for a careful
+scribe to climb from the humblest position to one of great dignity and
+power, and the Egyptian scribe never forgot that every scribe carried
+in his writing-case the wand of office of a potential vizier.
+
+The scribes have left us many examples of what they thought of
+themselves and of all other people and professions, and it may be
+safely said that of no other class of Egyptian do we carry away so
+unpleasant an impression as of that one which no doubt imagined that
+it was impressing its own immense superiority on the minds of all
+posterity. The Egyptian cherished a profound admiration for learning;
+but his devotion to letters was not because of the beauty of learning
+in itself, but simply because it was the avenue to preferment and the
+way of escape from the miseries of toil or the dangers of war. Both the
+admiration and the mercenary reason for it are expressed in the words
+of an ancient sage recorded for us in the Sallier Papyrus:
+
+ “Give thy heart to learning and love her like a mother,
+ For there is nothing that is so precious as learning ...
+ Behold there is no profession which is not governed,
+ It is only the learned man who rules himself.”
+
+The scribe saw himself, because of his possession of letters,
+immeasurably above all the poor creatures who had to earn their bread
+by the sweat of their brow. He was exempt from all the pains and
+anxieties of the workman, and loved maliciously to contemplate them
+while he issued the orders which imposed further burdens on backs
+already heavily burdened. “The poor ignorant man, ‘whose name is
+unknown, is like a heavily-laden donkey, he is driven by the scribe,’
+while the fortunate man ‘who has set his heart upon learning’ is above
+work, and becomes a wise prince.” “The learned man has enough to eat
+because of his learning.” Therefore, “set to work and become a scribe,
+for then thou shalt become a leader of men.”
+
+No matter what the trade was, or how wonderful its results, it seemed
+to the smug scribe a contemptible thing in comparison with his own
+precious profession of letters. Here is his opinion of the craftsmen
+who created the miracles of metal- and wood-work of the Middle Kingdom:
+
+ “I have never seen the smith as an ambassador,
+ Or the goldsmith carry tidings;
+ But I have seen the smith at his work
+ At the mouth of his furnace,
+ His fingers were like crocodile skin,
+ He stank more than the roe of fish ...
+ Each artist who works with the chisel
+ Tires himself more than he who hoes a field.
+ The wood is his field, of metal are his tools.
+ In the night--is he free?
+ He works more than his arms are able,
+ In the night--he lights a light.”
+
+No doubt this seemed very fine and humorous to our scribe; but we who
+have the chance of comparing his literary achievement with the works
+of the craftsmen whom he satirised may be pardoned for preferring the
+diadems of Khnumit and Sat-Hathor, or the statues of Senusert and
+Amenemhat to all the paltry drivel he ever wrote.
+
+[Illustration: 29. XIXth DYNASTY RELIEF-WORK, TEMPLE OF SETY I, ABYDOS.]
+
+Nor was his opinion of the soldier’s calling any higher. Indeed the
+ancient Egyptian was no more of a warlike person than his successor
+the modern fellah, who makes a good enough soldier under British
+officers, but is about the most unmilitary person on earth when left
+to the freedom of his own will. There is no more curious inversion of
+fact than the common idea which pictures the Egyptian as one of the
+great warrior races of the world, and classes him along with that
+bloodthirsty tiger the Assyrian. Only at one period of his history
+did the Egyptian ever show the least sign of developing a craving for
+world-dominion and the warfare which goes along with it; and when the
+brief imperial fever of his early XVIIIth Dynasty had wrought itself
+out, he reverted for the rest of his history to his natural rôle of
+the finest craftsman on earth, only bestirring himself when there was
+need to defend his frontiers, a business which he did fairly, but only
+fairly, well. On the whole, he would have thoroughly agreed with Alan
+Breck Stewart that war “is generally rather a bauchle of a business.”
+
+But it was reserved for the smug and flabby scribe--you can see him
+still in the Louvre with his cunning eyes and his rolls of unhealthy
+flesh--to make a mock of the calling which won for Egypt all the empire
+she ever possessed, and which was that of her greatest Pharaohs.
+
+“Oh, what does it mean,” says this early pacifist, “Oh, what does
+it mean that thou sayest: ‘The officer has a better lot than the
+scribe’? Come, let me relate to thee the fate of the officer, so full
+of trouble.” Then he goes on to relate in a fashion which he no doubt
+thinks humorous, the life of an officer on active duty in Syria:
+
+ “Come, let me relate to thee how he travels to Syria,
+ How he marches in the upland country.
+ His food and his water he has to carry on his arm,
+ Laden like a donkey;
+ This makes his neck stiff like that of a donkey,
+ And the bones of his back break ...
+ If he arrives in face of the enemy,
+ He is like a bird in a snare ...
+ If he arrives at his home in Egypt ...
+ He is ill, and must lie down.
+ They have to bring him home on the donkey,
+ Whilst his clothes are stolen, and his servants run away.
+ Therefore, O scribe,
+ Reverse thine opinion about the happiness of the scribe and of the
+ officer.”
+
+As literature this precious effusion is merely contemptible; but
+it is very illuminating as to the character of the class which was
+responsible for the production of it. Generally speaking, the Egyptian
+leaves you with the pleasant impression that he is a decent kindly
+fellow, with a cheery outlook on life, and a love of pretty things
+and laughter; but the scribe is an undoubted fly in the ointment. He
+thought himself its finest perfume; but that is just precisely what
+makes him so unquestionably the fly.
+
+We need not imagine that the condition either of the soldier or of the
+artisan was quite so miserable as the scribe would have us believe. The
+misfortune is that it was only the scribe who was vocal. If the soldier
+or the craftsman had been able to leave behind him his opinion of the
+scribe, it would probably have been quite as unflattering, and perhaps
+more pungently expressed. It would not have required great genius to
+make fun of a profession which lived by the favour of the great man,
+and whose typical figure is the kneeling scribe of the Cairo Museum,
+with his twisted deprecating smile, and his submissively crossed
+hands, waiting, like a dog, uncertain whether his master will kick him
+or fling him a bone.
+
+Behind all the glitter of the court and official circle, with its
+innumerable hangers-on, there comes the great mass of the people, the
+farmers, the skilled workmen, the shepherds, fishers, toilers of all
+sorts. Of no race in the world can it be said that the conditions of
+its workers have been so fully depicted as of the Egyptians. On the
+sculptured and painted tomb-reliefs we see the workmen of almost every
+trade under heaven busily engaged in the prosecution of their calling.
+Whatever the scribe might think of the indignity of being a smith or a
+carpenter, his impression was confined to himself, and the great man
+had not the least objection to see these and a score of other common
+occupations pictured on the walls of his “eternal habitation.” But
+while the outward aspect of these callings is thus fully represented,
+so that it might be possible to produce a handbook of the Egyptian
+crafts, we are not so well informed as to the environment in which
+these wonderfully skilled workmen spent their lives, what were the
+conditions of their service, the manner of their housing, and the
+question of whether their lot was a happy one or not. Petrie’s
+excavations at Kahun have given us the almost complete plan of an Old
+Kingdom workmen’s town, where the skilled masons who were building the
+pyramid of Senusert II were housed. Though this is only a temporary
+town, we may probably take its conditions as more or less typical of
+those which prevailed for the artisan class in the Old Kingdom. The
+houses are of all sizes, ranging from four rooms to sixty, the larger
+houses being, no doubt, those of the overseers and clerks of works. The
+streets are narrow, varying from 11 feet to 15 feet wide, and having
+a drain down the middle of each. The simplest type of small house has
+an open court opposite the entrance, a common room on one side, and
+two storerooms on the other, with a stair leading up to the roof. The
+larger class of artisan’s house has a court, four rooms opening off
+it, and five other rooms dependent on the main rooms. On the whole,
+one would imagine that the housing conditions were not so very bad;
+though certainly the houses were too crowded together. The average
+artisan’s house of the present day has not the number of rooms which
+were possessed by the pyramid mason of four thousand years ago, though
+his advantages in other respects are considerable.
+
+[Illustration: 30. XIXth DYNASTY RELIEF-WORK, TEMPLE OF RAMSES II,
+LUXOR.]
+
+The workman’s wages were at all events partly paid in kind. Herodotus
+tells us of the amount expended in provision for the workmen who built
+the Great Pyramid: “On the pyramid is shown an inscription, in Egyptian
+characters, how much was expended in radishes, onions, and garlic,
+for the workmen; which the interpreter, as I well remember, reading
+the inscription, told me amounted to one thousand six hundred talents
+of silver.” Payment was still in kind in the time of the New Empire.
+One of the foremen of the craftsmen of the Theban necropolis in the
+time of Ramses IX (1142–1123 B.C.), fortunately kept with great care
+a record of all that happened to his gang, noting whether the men
+were on full work or were “idle.” Festival days broke in considerably
+on their working time, as we hear of two full months’ holiday, and
+again of another month, in the same year; but the workmen’s rations
+ran on all the same whether they were working or not. The worry was
+that the rations were often behind time, and when that happened there
+was trouble. One month the rations were only one day late, but another
+they did not come at all, and then the workmen went on strike. This
+produced the supplies; but ere long the same thing happened again, and
+this time the gang went in a body to Thebes, and complained to the
+“great princes,” and the “chief prophets of Amen.” Again the result was
+good, and the journal of the careful foreman gives us a quaint hint
+of how it had been necessary to use a little palm-oil in the case of
+the influential “fan-bearer” to secure the desired end. “We received
+to-day our corn-rations; we gave two boxes and a writing-tablet to the
+fan-bearer.”
+
+We cannot be sure whether the condition of the necropolis workmen,
+who were mostly skilled craftsmen, metal workers, carvers, painters,
+and so forth, was worse than that of the workmen in the city of the
+living; probably the conditions in both cases were much the same. In
+any case, it is the necropolis workmen who supply us with our instances
+of insufficient or delayed payment, and who give us the first historic
+examples of strikes. In the twenty-ninth year of Ramses III (1170 B.C.)
+things were pretty bad in the necropolis, and wages had not been paid
+for half a year. After giving the officials nine days’ grace, the
+workmen naturally went on strike in a body.
+
+They left the necropolis, with their wives and children, and though the
+two overseers tried to entice them back to work “with great oaths,”
+the workmen were not to be caught with chaff, and stayed outside the
+necropolis walls. Finally the affair assumed so threatening an aspect
+that two chiefs of police and a number of priests tried to make them
+return to duty; but in vain. Their answer was, “We have been driven
+here by hunger and thirst, we have no clothes, we have no oil, we have
+no food. Write to our lord the Pharaoh on the subject, and write to
+the governor who is over us that they may give us something for our
+sustenance.” This unheard-of request had its effect--“on that day they
+received the provision for the month Tybi.” In another month, however,
+they were back again, as supplies had failed once more. This time the
+governor of the town met them, and though he asked them how he was to
+pay their wages when the storehouses were empty, he at least ordered
+that they should receive half of the overdue rations.
+
+Altogether the evidence goes to show that life was not all pleasure in
+ancient Egypt, any more than in other lands; but it is only fair to
+say that the other side of the matter has been grossly exaggerated,
+and that life in the Land of the Pharaohs was not the gloomy, morbid,
+perpetually death-contemplating thing which it has been represented as
+being. This idea, of course, we owe, partly to the amiable Herodotus
+and his picture of the model coffin and mummy being carried round at
+all their banquets, with the words, “Look on this, then drink and enjoy
+yourself; for when dead you will be like this,” and partly to the fact
+that practically all the knowledge we have of the Egyptians comes from
+their tombs.
+
+The necessary corrective to this one-sided view of a great nation is
+given by their books, and particularly by the romantic fiction which
+they were the first nation to cultivate. Erman has said that “the
+romances are not to be relied upon; the country which they describe is
+not Egypt but fairyland.” This may be so as regards scenery and detail;
+but the writer of the Tale of the Doomed Prince, or of Setna and the
+Magic Roll, whether he may cast the scene of his story in Naharina
+or in Egypt, cannot help revealing in his tale the habitual outlook
+on life of the Egypt of his time; and in this respect the romances
+are far more to be relied upon than either the vainglorious vauntings
+of a royal inscription or the carefully dressed-up moralisings of a
+scribe. The picture which they give of the Egyptian nature is that of
+a simple, kindly race, singularly free from the savage cruelty which
+disgraced their great rivals the Assyrians, loving pleasure, and all
+the brightness and beauty of life, with a straightforward and childlike
+affection, not greedy of power, but ready to live and let live,
+singularly advanced in their conception of family life, and especially
+worthy of our admiration in the respect which they paid to women, and
+the position accorded to woman from the very earliest times.
+
+It is time to rid our minds of that sinister conception of the Egyptian
+as a dark, uncanny, supernaturally wise and diabolically malignant
+being, which is still to be found in second-rate fiction, and in the
+vain imaginings of gropers in the occult and the miraculous, and to see
+this great race as it really was--a race of true children of the Sun,
+leading in the dawn of the world’s story a clean, healthy, open-air
+life, with its own imperfections and weaknesses, but with its plain
+virtues as well, and with a moral standard not unworthy of comparison
+with that of any race in the world. What they have accomplished is
+plain for all the world to see; surely it is common sense to see also
+that such things were not the work of gloomy fanatics or of drivelling
+dabblers in the black arts, but of men.
+
+[Illustration: 31. XXth DYNASTY RELIEF-WORK, TEMPLE OF RAMSES III,
+MEDINET HABU.]
+
+We turn now to consider the art of ancient Egypt as it has now come
+to be known by the accumulation of specimens of it during the last
+century. Egyptian art has been somewhat slow in coming to its own
+in the judgment of the world, and that for two reasons. First that
+opinion, which had been accustomed to very different things, had to be
+gradually trained to appreciate the merit of work which differed from
+the accepted canons in many respects, even in the type of material
+which it used for its self-expression; and next, that the Egyptian
+work by which the national art was first introduced to the attention
+of the modern world was mostly of a period which we have now learned
+to know as decadent. Denderah, Esneh, Edfu, Philæ, these were the
+products of Egyptian art which first roused the wonder of European
+visitors; and very naturally, for these great shrines are not only
+wonderful in themselves, but are also in a state of preservation which
+renders them intelligible and attractive to everyone who sees them. But
+all the same they are very unworthy to be taken as examples of what
+Egyptian art could do at its best, and so we need not wonder that, when
+the first impulse of surprise had passed away, the voice of criticism
+was heard, pointing out the conspicuous faults in this claimant for
+recognition among the great arts of the world, and refusing to allow
+the claim. Similarly with the works of sculpture on which another part
+of the Egyptian claim must be based, in almost all cases the specimens
+of Egyptian sculpture which were first brought under the eyes of the
+judges were colossal fragments of a style and a period which had their
+own merits, but were far from being representative of the actual work
+of the Egyptian sculptor at its best, as we have now come to know it.
+
+In these circumstances it is not to be wondered at that Egyptian art
+has only found slow and grudging recognition as one of the great arts
+of the world. What is strange, however, is that even to-day, when
+the periods of Egyptian architecture are as clearly defined, perhaps
+more clearly defined than the periods of Gothic, and when Egyptian
+sculpture is represented all over the world by either originals or
+reproductions of its best work in all respects, the judgment which was
+not unaccountable, or inapplicable in the day of the beginnings of
+knowledge of things Egyptian should still be repeated, and Egyptian
+art be characterised as a thing, interesting indeed, but essentially
+crude and barbaric, the product of a race which has no claim to rank
+alongside the other great artistic races of the world.
+
+Thus we find so learned an art critic as Lord Balcarres remarking
+(_Donatello_, p. 21), “The massive and abiding art of Egypt ignored
+the personality of its gods and Pharaohs, distinguishing the various
+persons by dress, ornament, and attribute.” For the gods, this may
+pass, but when such a thing is said of the Pharaohs one can only say
+that it is simply the opposite of the truth. Is it possible that the
+author of such a statement had never seen, before he made it, such
+vivid impressions of personality as the great diorite Khafra, with its
+splendid dignity, or, at the opposite end of the scale, the Reisner
+Menkaura, the very embodiment of a bourgeois “Farmer George” royalty,
+doing his best to look as dignified as becomes the wearer of the double
+crown, and failing so absolutely? Here are two successive occupants of
+the Egyptian throne, whose personality, according to Lord Balcarres,
+should be ignored in Egyptian art, and yet the sharp discrimination of
+personality is just the thing that immediately strikes everyone who
+sees the two statues together.
+
+Lord Balcarres, however, is not the only sinner in this respect.
+“The emptiness of the Sphinx’s face,” says Mr. March Phillipps in
+his charming book, _The Works of Man_, “is a prevailing trait in all
+Egyptian sculpture. All Egyptian faces stare before them with the
+same blank regard which can be made to mean anything precisely because
+it means nothing.... The truth is, Egyptian sculpture is a sculpture
+barren of intellectual insight and intellectual interest.”
+
+Has the writer of this confident condemnation, one wonders, ever seen
+the granite Senusert III, either of the Cairo or of the British Museum,
+with the strong harsh features which express, if ever any work of the
+sculptor’s hands expressed, both the pride and the bitter weariness
+of power, or, to take a New Empire instance, the masterful Thothmes
+III of the Cairo Museum, the face of a daring soldier, if there ever
+was one, or the ugly capable face of Prince Mentuemhat, also at Cairo?
+Mentuemhat has no claims to personal beauty, and, one imagines, no
+illusions on that matter; but strong character has seldom been more
+admirably expressed than in this specimen of the art which, as we are
+told, is “barren of intellectual insight and intellectual interest.”
+
+The fact is, that both these criticisms, and many others similar to
+them, rest upon a fundamental misconception about Egyptian sculpture.
+It is quite obvious that both Lord Balcarres and Mr. March Phillipps,
+in making them, are founding upon the colossal pieces of Egyptian
+sculpture which are the prominent objects in the galleries of our
+Museums, and taking them as adequately representative of the art which
+they are criticising; and to do this is hopelessly to misconceive the
+actual position.
+
+Egyptian sculpture in the round had two entirely different objects,
+which were reached by different methods, and are seen in different
+examples. The first was purely monumental and decorative, and its
+purposes are served by the production of the colossal statues,
+monuments of royal pride and glory, and, not less, pieces of decoration
+in a great architectural scheme. These gigantic works are not to be
+viewed as portraiture in the strict sense, and that the Egyptians
+themselves did not so view them is manifest from the fact that a
+reigning Pharaoh seldom hesitated to appropriate to himself any
+convenient statues of one of his predecessors by the simple process of
+cutting his own cartouche on the figure, and obliterating that of the
+original owner.
+
+The question of likeness or unlikeness was a very small one; what was
+required was a figure which should convey the impression of power and
+dignity, linked with the name of a particular Pharaoh. In this respect,
+and as elements of an architectural whole, these statues unquestionably
+served their purpose; more was never expected of them, and to criticise
+them as lacking in expression, and in individuality, is to do them an
+injustice. They can only be judged as what they were designed to be,
+not as something radically different.
+
+[Illustration: 32. PTOLEMAIC RELIEF-WORK, KOM OMBOS.]
+
+The position is quite different with regard to the other object of
+Egyptian sculpture, which was definitely portraiture. Apart from his
+monumental work, which in a limited sense may be said to have ideal
+elements in it, the Egyptian sculptor, unlike his successor, the
+Greek, produced no ideal work. He was simply and solely, from first
+to last, a portrait sculptor, and in this respect he has seldom been
+excelled. The whole object of his work was to produce a tomb-statue,
+which should be the refuge of the _Ka_ of the dead man when his mummy
+had perished by lapse of time. Therefore the one condition of his art
+was that it should produce likenesses as absolute as the power of man
+could compass. The result of such an aim is manifest, both in the
+successes and in the limitations of Egyptian sculpture. In the one
+point to which he gave his whole strength, the sculptor scored, not
+always, of course, but in many instances, a most astonishing success.
+It is impossible to imagine anything more lifelike than the heads of
+some of the Old Kingdom statues--the Ti or the Ranefer of the Cairo
+Museum, or among royal statues, the Menkaura with the figures of the
+Nomes, or in later times the exquisite Berlin head of Queen Nefertiti,
+the astonishing ebony head of a royal princess of the same period, who
+may be Queen Tiy, or, to come down to still later days, the other head
+of Mentuemhat which Miss Benson and Miss Gourlay unearthed from the
+temple of Mut, or in the very latest days of Egyptian independence,
+the head of an unknown man in green schist which is now in the Berlin
+Museum. Until the rise of Roman portrait-sculpture, no ancient school
+of art presents anything to be compared with the realism of the ancient
+Egyptian sculptor.
+
+Unfortunately for the completeness of his art, the absolute dominance
+of the need for recognisable likeness in the head limited his work in
+other respects. So long as the head was a success, the rest of the body
+did not matter so much; and consequently we have, even in such fine
+examples as the Ti and the Ranefer, a noble head joined to a body which
+is much less thoroughly studied, while in examples of poorer quality
+the contrast between the care with which the head is worked out and the
+rude blocking out of the torso and the extremities is almost ludicrous.
+Still, Egyptian art, like all art, is entitled to be judged by its
+best, and not, as has so often been done, by its worst; and even when
+we admit all its limitations the fact remains that to charge it with
+incapacity to interpret individuality is, to anyone who is familiar
+with its best work, merely ridiculous.
+
+The case is the same when we turn to the criticisms which have been
+directed against the other great branch of Egyptian sculpture--its
+relief-work. The great reliefs of the temples, with their battle
+pictures and scenes of offerings, are what at once commands the
+attention and invites the criticism. We are told, and very justly
+so far, that “Kings, gods, prisoners, the smiting champion, and the
+transfixed victim are all equally expressionless. Clearly the idea that
+art can be charged with, and visibly body forth, the emotions and ideas
+of the human mind was never grasped by Egyptian sculptors”; but who in
+the world ever dreamed of taking the vast advertisements of the glory
+and valour of Pharaoh, for that is what the battle reliefs of Karnak
+and Medinet Habu are--contract work, at so much the square yard--as
+fair representatives of the delicate and most decorative work which has
+given us the tomb-reliefs of the Old Kingdom?
+
+In some respects Egyptian relief-work is decidedly inferior to the
+remarkable animal sculpture with which the Assyrian kings decorated
+their palaces. The Egyptian sculptor rarely attempts anything like the
+difficulty of the problems of motion which the Assyrian tackled with
+such dash and light-heartedness, and when he does make the attempt
+his work is apt to seem stiff beside that of his rival, whose hunting
+scenes have rarely been equalled; but in his portrayal of quiet scenes
+of home, field, and farmyard the Egyptian comes to his own again, and
+it is difficult to imagine anything more effective as wall decoration
+than his quiet and unstrained work, which, unlike that of the bitter
+Assyrian, almost invariably leaves a pleasant impression on the mind.
+
+The comprehension and appreciation of Egyptian architecture has been
+hindered by the same fact which has delayed the appreciation of the art
+of the Nile Valley--namely, that the specimens of it which are to-day
+the most complete, and which command for that reason most attention,
+belong, not to the days when Egypt was at the summit of her achievement
+in all respects, but to periods when taste and artistic feeling were
+decaying along with power. To take, as is often done, such a temple
+as Medinet Habu as fairly representative of Egyptian architecture, is
+simply to make adequate appreciation of what Egyptian architecture
+is a thing impossible. The Egyptian builders had, no doubt, great
+faults, which have already been touched upon. They were often, indeed
+almost always, strangely careless about the very factors which should
+ensure the “eternal duration” which they craved for the works of their
+hands; they had, generally speaking, comparatively little of that
+exquisite sense of proportion which makes a fine Greek temple seem
+a thing inevitable, though sometimes, as at Der el-Bahri, and the
+little temple of Amenhotep III at Elephantine, now, alas, destroyed,
+something of this was revealed to them; they sometimes mistook mere
+mass for greatness, and the multiplication of forms for beauty, as in
+the Hypostyle Hall at Karnak, where a magnificent opportunity was lost
+because the architect did not know that too much is too much. But with
+it all they have left us a heritage of which it can safely be said that
+few of the works of man can surpass it in impressiveness. “It is a part
+of my intention,” says Mr. Lethaby (_Architecture_, pp. 65, 66), “to
+try to point out what contributions were made to universal architecture
+by the several civilisations as they arose and passed away, but to do
+so of Egypt would be practically to rewrite what has been said; to a
+large degree Architecture is an Egyptian art.”
+
+The nation of which such a statement can be made needs no further
+witness as to its place among the great master-building nations of the
+world’s history.
+
+Whatever hesitations and doubts there may be as to the right of the
+ancient Egyptian to rank high among the artistic nations of the world,
+there can be none as to his place as a craftsman. In prehistoric days
+he was already the finest flint-worker that the world has ever known,
+so that his flint knives are to this day the standards by which all
+other similar work falls to be tested, and in presence of which it
+always comes short; while his vessels of hard stone were shaped, with
+a skill and a patience which to us seem little short of marvellous,
+into shapes of grace and beauty which have never been surpassed by
+the workers of any land or time. Later he translated these into fine
+pottery, and was always a skilful and satisfying potter, though his
+work never perhaps attained the grace and beauty of that of his brother
+craftsman over the sea in Crete. His greatest gift to us in this
+respect was his development of the art of covering pottery of all kinds
+with the exquisite glazes which still charm us on scarabs, amulets,
+ushabti figures, and all sorts of vessels.
+
+As a linen worker, of course, he was incomparable, and the finest
+specimens of modern linen look wretchedly coarse when viewed under
+a microscope alongside the best products of his loom. The earliest
+jewellery of the world was of his workmanship, and the bracelets of the
+Ist Dynasty queen found at Abydos show us that the Egyptian jeweller of
+six thousand years ago needed no lessons from any of the most skilled
+modern practitioners of the crafts. Indeed, all through the history
+of the land the craftsmanship of the goldsmith was beyond reproach.
+In the later periods his design was much inferior to the happy
+inspirations of the morning of art, though his technique was fairly
+well maintained to the end; but in the best days of the craft, which
+pretty closely correspond to the best days of the history, design and
+technique were alike admirable.
+
+Anything finer in their own way than the diadems of Khnumit, the
+royal crown, or the pectorals of the Lahun treasure, it is impossible
+to imagine, while if the standard of the furniture in the tomb of
+Tutankhamen is maintained by the jewellery, we may look for evidence
+from this source that the skill of the craftsman had not degenerated in
+the interval between the Middle Kingdom and the New Empire.
+
+With regard to woodwork, the evidence of the furniture which has
+been found in the tombs is conclusive both as to the skilful and
+sound design of the Egyptian cabinet-maker, and as to his careful and
+accurate workmanship. The chairs, the coffers, and the couches from the
+tomb of Yuaa and Tuau are delightful to the eye, with their simple and
+sensible lines, and suggest that they would be equally satisfactory in
+use. The wonders which have been disclosed in the tomb of Tutankhamen
+have already been discussed in their own place, so far as that is
+possible at present, and while they reveal nothing new, save the ugly
+and clumsy state couches, whose provenance has been also discussed,
+they show an amount of richness in detail and material for which even
+previous discoveries had scarcely prepared us.
+
+Professor Petrie tells us that structurally the work of the Egyptian
+joiner was as good as it was satisfying to the eye, and the state in
+which his works have come down to us through so many centuries bears
+witness to the soundness of the materials which he used, and of the
+work which he put out upon them; and perhaps the carefully moderate
+estimate of so great an expert is more impressive as to the quality of
+Egyptian craftsmanship than the multiplication of superlatives would
+be. “The powerful technical skill of Egyptian art, its good sense of
+limitations, and its true feeling for harmony and expression, will
+always make it of the first importance to the countries of the West
+with which it was so early and so long connected.”
+
+In sum the debt which the modern world owes to the culture of ancient
+Egypt is no small one. We owe to Egypt the first book, the first
+building, the first ship, the first statue, the first romance, the
+first relief, and the first picture, in the modern sense, of which we
+have any knowledge; and if some of these anticipations are crude and
+primitive, and show but little sign of the wonderful development of
+which the future was to prove them capable, yet it is only due to this
+pioneer nation to remember that it is to her that we owe the seed which
+has borne so manifold a harvest.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX
+
+
+ Aahmes Nefertari, Queen, 160
+
+ Aah-hotep, Queen, 27, 156
+
+ Aashait, Princess, 99
+
+ Abbott Papyrus, 128
+
+ Abd-er-Rassoul, Ahmed, 157;
+ Mohamed, 158
+
+ Abu-Roash, 49, 52
+
+ Abusir, 50, 68, 69
+
+ Abydos, Temple of Sety I, 31;
+ Royal Tombs, 135 _et seq._
+
+ Akerblad, 14
+
+ Akhenaten, 113, 118, 168, 171, 172 _et seq._, 189
+
+ Akhetaten, 174, 190
+
+ Amélineau, 136, 140, 141
+
+ Amen, 111
+
+ Amenartas, 26
+
+ Amenemhat I, 72;
+ II, 73;
+ III, 51, 73, 81, 82
+
+ Amenhotep I, 160;
+ II, 100, 130,
+ tomb of, 165 _et seq._;
+ III, 116, 148, 166
+
+ Ameny, 224, 225
+
+ Amherst Papyrus, 128
+
+ Ammit, 205, 206
+
+ Amtes, Queen, 218, 221
+
+ Ankh.s.en.Amen (Ankh.s.en.pa. Aten), 174, 189, 190 _et seq._
+
+ Antefs, the, 224
+
+ Anubis, 186
+
+ Apis, 19
+
+ Archæology, methods and aims of, 35 _et seq._
+
+ Architecture, Egyptian, 243 _et seq._
+
+ Art, Egyptian, 236 _et seq._
+
+ Artisans, condition of, 231 _et seq._
+
+ Ashurbanipal, 112
+
+ Astemkheb, Queen, 130
+
+ Ay (Pharaoh), 113, 188, 191
+
+ Ayrton, Mr., 168
+
+
+ Balcarres, Lord, 238
+
+ Begarawiyah, 50
+
+ Belzoni, 9, 11, 12, 13, 63, 64, 105, 151–3
+
+ Benson, Miss, 118, 241
+
+ Biban el-Moluk, 148 _et seq._
+
+ Bib-khuru-Riyas (Tutankhamen), 192
+
+ Boghaz-Kyoi, 192
+
+ Book of the Dead, 151
+
+ Book of the Gates, 151
+
+ Book of Him who is in the Duat, 151
+
+ Breasted, Prof., 41, 196
+
+ Browne, Sir T., 61
+
+ Brugsch, E., 158 _et seq._
+
+ Brune, 94
+
+ Budge, Sir E. A. W., 205, 206, 209
+
+
+ Canopic Jars, 186
+
+ Carnarvon, Lord, 177 _et seq._
+
+ Carter, Mr. Howard, 168, 177 _et seq._
+
+ Caviglia, Capt., 63
+
+ Champollion, J. F., 13, 14, 92
+
+ Clarke, Somers, 96
+
+ Corselet of Eiorhoreru, 201
+
+ Corselet of Tutankhamen, 200
+
+ Couches, State (Tutankhamen’s), 204 _et seq._
+
+ Craftsmanship, Egyptian, 245 _et seq._
+
+
+ Dadefra, 49
+
+ Dahshur, 73, 77
+
+ Dakhamun (Ankh.s.en.Amen), 192
+
+ Daoud Pasha, 157–8
+
+ Davis, T. M., 168 _et seq._
+
+ Denon, V., 8, 18
+
+ Der el-Bahri, 31, 87 _et seq._;
+ _Cache_ of, 158 _et seq._
+
+ _Description de l’Egypte_, 8
+
+ Devilliers, 86, 91
+
+ Diodorus, 213
+
+ Drovetti, 9
+
+
+ Edfu, 32
+
+ Edwards, Miss A., 45–6
+
+ Elliot Smith, Prof., 163, 173
+
+ Eugenie, Empress, 29
+
+
+ Fan-bearer, the, 222, 233
+
+ Fayum, the, 49
+
+
+ Gebel Barkal (Napata), 50
+
+ Gizeh, 48, 49, 50, 52
+
+ Gourlay, Miss, 118, 241
+
+
+ Hall, H. R., 96
+
+ Hamed Aga, 155–6
+
+ Hasan, Sultan, 62
+
+ Hathor, shrine, Der el-Bahri, 100
+
+ Hatshepsut, Queen, 31, 78 _et seq._, 119, 120, 168
+
+ Hawara, 51, 73, 75, 76
+
+ Henhenit, Princess, 99
+
+ Hent-taui, Queen, 160
+
+ Herodotus, 7, 213, 232, 235
+
+ Hichens, R., 90
+
+ Hierakonpolis, 145
+
+ Horemheb, 118, 168, 175, 190, 199
+
+ Hunefer, Papyrus of, 206
+
+ Huy, 190, 191
+
+ Hyksos Sphinxes, 26
+
+ Hypostyle Hall, Karnak, 113
+
+
+ Illahun, 51, 78
+
+ Imhotep, 70
+
+ Ismail, Khedive, 29
+
+
+ Jewellery, Egyptian, 78, 79, 82, 142, 144
+
+ Jollois, 86, 91
+
+
+ Ka. amenhotep, 201
+
+ Kadashman-Enlil, 205
+
+ Kagemni, 71
+
+ Kahun, 75, 231
+
+ Karnak, temple of, 105 _et seq._;
+ Mariette’s work at, 31
+
+ Kauit, Princess, 99
+
+ Kemsit, Princess, 99
+
+ Keneh, Mudir of, 27, 155, 156–8
+
+ Khaemuas, the Governor, 129
+
+ Khafra, pyramid of, 53, 54
+
+ Kha-Sekhem, tomb of, 142, 145
+
+ Khenti, 139, 140
+
+ Khnemhotep, 224
+
+ Khnumit, Princess, 78, 82
+
+ Khonsu, 111;
+ temple of, 118
+
+ Khufu, pyramid of, 52 _et seq._
+
+
+ Labyrinth, the, 15, 108
+
+ Lahun, 73, 75, 80
+
+ Layard, 43, 156
+
+ Legrain, work of, at Karnak, 108, 111, 124 _et seq._
+
+ Lepsius, 14–16, 93
+
+ Lesseps, F. de, 24
+
+ Lethaby, W. R., on Egyptian Architecture, 244
+
+ Lisht, 51, 73
+
+ Loret, 165
+
+ Luxor, work of Amenhotep III at, 117
+
+
+ Macalister, R. A. S., 9, 16, 39, 41, 43
+
+ Maghareh, Wady, 15
+
+ Makt-aten, 189
+
+ Mamun, 62
+
+ Manetho, 137
+
+ Mannikin, the, 8, 207
+
+ March Phillipps, on Egyptian Art, 238–9
+
+ Mariette, A., 10, 17, 18, 34, 93, 156
+
+ Maspero, Sir G., 10, 23, 32, 35, 40, 41, 68, 101, 124, 157, 161, 164,
+ 165, 168
+
+ Mastabas, 58, 71
+
+ Medinet Habu, Mariette’s work at, 31
+
+ Medum, pyramid of, 54
+
+ Memphis, 19
+
+ Mena, 45, 137, 143
+
+ Menkaura, pyramid of, 54–64, 65;
+ statue of, 238
+
+ Mentu, 117
+
+ Mentuemhat, Prince, 239, 241
+
+ Mentuherkhepshef, Prince, 168
+
+ Mentuhotep-neb-Hepet-Ra, 89, 96 _et seq._, 147
+
+ Merenptah, 117, 166
+
+ Merenra, 70, 221
+
+ Mereruka, 71
+
+ Meroë, 15, 50
+
+ Mertisen, 89
+
+ Meryt-Aten, 189
+
+ Moeris, Lake, 15
+
+ Morgan, J. de, 78, 165
+
+ Murray, Miss M. A., 102
+
+ Mursil II, 192
+
+ Mut, 111, 117, 118
+
+
+ Napata, 15, 50
+
+ Napoleon I, 7
+
+ Napoleon III, 24
+
+ Narmer, 143, 144
+
+ Naville, E. de, 31, 95 _et seq._;
+ 102 _et seq._
+
+ Necho, 154
+
+ Nectanebo, 20
+
+ Nefer-ka-Ra, 68
+
+ Nefer-ka-ra-em-per-Amen, 129
+
+ Nekht, tomb of, 150
+
+ Nesamen, Pharaoh’s Scribe, 129
+
+ Ne-user-Ra, temple of, 69
+
+ Nezem-mut, Queen, 160
+
+
+ Osireion, Abydos, 31, 102 _et seq._
+
+ Osiris, 139;
+ bed of, 140, 141
+
+ Osiris-Apis (Serapis), 19
+
+
+ Paser, Governor of Thebes, 128, 129
+
+ Passalacqua, 10
+
+ Pedubast, 201
+
+ Peet, Prof. T. E., 132, 137
+
+ Pentaur, poem of, 116
+
+ Pepy I, 70, 218
+
+ Pepy II, 70
+
+ Perring, 14
+
+ Petrie, Sir W. M. F., 47, 53, 61, 66, 67, 73, 74, 75, 78, 79, 80, 81,
+ 102, 108, 115, 136, 141, 145, 205, 216, 231, 247
+
+ Pewero, 128, 129
+
+ Pharaoh, conditions of rule of, 215 _et seq._
+
+ Philæ, Obelisk of, 13
+
+ Philip Arrhidæus, chapel of, at Karnak, 121
+
+ Pimay, 201
+
+ Pinezem I and II, 160
+
+ Pococke, 91
+
+ Pool of Osiris, Abydos, 102 _et seq._
+
+ Predynastic tombs, 138
+
+ Priesthood, the Egyptian, 223
+
+ Proctor, R. A., 54
+
+ Psamtek II, 154
+
+ Ptah, 19
+
+ Ptah-hetep, 71
+
+ Ptolemaic work at Karnak, 110, 113, 125
+
+ Punt, 32, 95
+
+ Pyramids, the, 48 _et seq._
+
+ Pyramid temples, 58 _et seq._
+
+ Pyramid texts, 70, 71
+
+
+ Quft, 161
+
+
+ Rainer Papyrus, 201
+
+ Ramses I, 110, 112, 113
+
+ Ramses II, 26, 40, 113, 114, 117, 160, 162, 218
+
+ Ramses III, 31, 111, 148, 160, 165, 219, 233
+
+ Ramses IV and V, 166
+
+ Ramses VI, 166, 180
+
+ Ramses IX, 128, 232
+
+ Ramses X, 129
+
+ Ramses XII, 151
+
+ Razedef, 49, 52
+
+ Rehoboam, 112
+
+ Reisner, G. A., 68
+
+ Rekhmara, 122, 150, 129
+
+ Rosellini, 14
+
+ Rosetta Stone, the, 13
+
+
+ Sadhe, Princess, 99
+
+ Said, Khedive, 24–7
+
+ Sallier Papyrus, 227
+
+ Saqqara, Mariette’s work at, 31;
+ stepped pyramid at, 70
+
+ Sat-hathor-ant, Princess, 79
+
+ “Scorpion,” the, 143
+
+ Scribes, the Egyptian, 226 _et seq._
+
+ Sebek-em-saf, 13, 130, 146
+
+ Sekhmet, 117
+
+ Semti, seal of, 145
+
+ Seneferu, pyramid of, 51, 69, 146, 199
+
+ Senmut, 89, 122, 221
+
+ Senusert I, 72
+
+ Senusert II, 51, 73, 75, 87, 231
+
+ Senusert III, 73, 125
+
+ Seqenen Ra, 160, 164, 217
+
+ Serabit el-Khadem, 15
+
+ Serapeum, Serapis, 19 _et seq._
+
+ Setna-Khaemuast, 40, 223
+
+ Sety I, 11, 113, 148, 160, 163;
+ tomb of, 153 _et seq._
+
+ Sety II, 113
+
+ Sheshanq, 112
+
+ Shubbiluliuma, 192
+
+ Siptah, 166, 168
+
+ Smenkhara, 188, 189
+
+ Society in Egypt, 214 _et seq._
+
+ Sphinx, temple of, 60
+
+ Strabo, 19, 102, 103, 151
+
+ Strikes of workmen, 233, 234
+
+
+ Taharqa, 112
+
+ Tanutamen, 112
+
+ Tell el-Amarna, 174;
+ tablets, 178;
+ art of, 197
+
+ Temples, Der el-Bahri, 86, 87 _et seq._;
+ Karnak, 105 _et seq._
+
+ Teti, 70
+
+ Thothmes I, 119
+
+ Thothmes II, 119, 160
+
+ Thothmes III, 26, 100, 119, 120, 121, 122, 125, 160, 218
+
+ Thothmes IV, 166, 168
+
+ Throne of Tutankhamen, 196
+
+ Ti, 71
+
+ Tiy, Queen, 168, 171, 173, 174
+
+ Tuau, 168 _et seq._
+
+ Tutankhamen, 36, 113, 175, 177 _et seq._;
+ reign of, 188
+
+ Tutankhaten, 174
+
+
+ Umm el-Ga’ab, 140
+
+ Una, 218, 221
+
+ Unas, 70
+
+
+ Valley of the Kings, 148 _et seq._
+
+ Vizier, duties of, 219–221
+
+ Vyse, Col. H., 14, 64, 65
+
+
+ Weigall, 168, 172
+
+ Westcar Papyrus, 199
+
+ Wilkinson, 92
+
+
+ Young, 14
+
+ Yuaa, tomb of, 168 _et seq._
+
+
+ Zawiyet el-Aryan, 68
+
+ Zazamankh, 199
+
+ Zer, King, 142, 144, 145
+
+ Zeser, pyramid of, 51, 70, 146
+
+
+THE END
+
+
+ PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
+ LONDON AND BECCLES.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber’s Notes
+
+
+Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a
+predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they
+were not changed.
+
+Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation
+marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left
+unbalanced.
+
+Illustrations in this eBook have been positioned between paragraphs
+and outside quotations. In versions of this eBook that support
+hyperlinks, the page references in the List of Illustrations lead to
+the corresponding illustrations.
+
+The index was not checked for proper alphabetization or correct page
+references.
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75684 ***